Initial commit
This commit is contained in:
68
inc/Box2D/Box2D.h
Normal file
68
inc/Box2D/Box2D.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BOX2D_H
|
||||
#define BOX2D_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\mainpage Box2D API Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
\section intro_sec Getting Started
|
||||
|
||||
For documentation please see http://box2d.org/documentation.html
|
||||
|
||||
For discussion please visit http://box2d.org/forum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// These include files constitute the main Box2D API
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
105
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h
Normal file
105
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A chain shape is a free form sequence of line segments.
|
||||
/// The chain has two-sided collision, so you can use inside and outside collision.
|
||||
/// Therefore, you may use any winding order.
|
||||
/// Since there may be many vertices, they are allocated using b2Alloc.
|
||||
/// Connectivity information is used to create smooth collisions.
|
||||
/// WARNING: The chain will not collide properly if there are self-intersections.
|
||||
class b2ChainShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// The destructor frees the vertices using b2Free.
|
||||
~b2ChainShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clear all data.
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a loop. This automatically adjusts connectivity.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
void CreateLoop(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a chain with isolated end vertices.
|
||||
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
|
||||
/// @param count the vertex count
|
||||
void CreateChain(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that precedes the first vertex.
|
||||
/// Don't call this for loops.
|
||||
void SetPrevVertex(const b2Vec2& prevVertex);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that follows the last vertex.
|
||||
/// Don't call this for loops.
|
||||
void SetNextVertex(const b2Vec2& nextVertex);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape. Vertices are cloned using b2Alloc.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a child edge.
|
||||
void GetChildEdge(b2EdgeShape* edge, int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This always return false.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Chains have zero mass.
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertices. Owned by this class.
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertex count.
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_prevVertex, m_nextVertex;
|
||||
bool m_hasPrevVertex, m_hasNextVertex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2ChainShape::b2ChainShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_chain;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertices = NULL;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_hasPrevVertex = false;
|
||||
m_hasNextVertex = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
91
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h
Normal file
91
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A circle shape.
|
||||
class b2CircleShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2CircleShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
|
||||
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return 1; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_p;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2CircleShape::b2CircleShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_circle;
|
||||
m_radius = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_p.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2CircleShape::GetSupport(const b2Vec2 &d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(d);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2 &d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(d);
|
||||
return m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(index);
|
||||
b2Assert(index == 0);
|
||||
return m_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
74
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h
Normal file
74
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A line segment (edge) shape. These can be connected in chains or loops
|
||||
/// to other edge shapes. The connectivity information is used to ensure
|
||||
/// correct contact normals.
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2EdgeShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this as an isolated edge.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2& v1, const b2Vec2& v2);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// These are the edge vertices
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex1, m_vertex2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Optional adjacent vertices. These are used for smooth collision.
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertex0, m_vertex3;
|
||||
bool m_hasVertex0, m_hasVertex3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2EdgeShape::b2EdgeShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_edge;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_vertex0.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex0.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_vertex3.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_hasVertex0 = false;
|
||||
m_hasVertex3 = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
101
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h
Normal file
101
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// A convex polygon. It is assumed that the interior of the polygon is to
|
||||
/// the left of each edge.
|
||||
/// Polygons have a maximum number of vertices equal to b2_maxPolygonVertices.
|
||||
/// In most cases you should not need many vertices for a convex polygon.
|
||||
class b2PolygonShape : public b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2PolygonShape();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
|
||||
int32 GetChildCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a convex hull from the given array of local points.
|
||||
/// The count must be in the range [3, b2_maxPolygonVertices].
|
||||
/// @warning the points may be re-ordered, even if they form a convex polygon
|
||||
/// @warning collinear points are handled but not removed. Collinear points
|
||||
/// may lead to poor stacking behavior.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2* points, int32 count);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build vertices to represent an axis-aligned box centered on the local origin.
|
||||
/// @param hx the half-width.
|
||||
/// @param hy the half-height.
|
||||
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build vertices to represent an oriented box.
|
||||
/// @param hx the half-width.
|
||||
/// @param hy the half-height.
|
||||
/// @param center the center of the box in local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param angle the rotation of the box in local coordinates.
|
||||
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy, const b2Vec2& center, float32 angle);
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Shape.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
|
||||
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
|
||||
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return m_count; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Validate convexity. This is a very time consuming operation.
|
||||
/// @returns true if valid
|
||||
bool Validate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_centroid;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2PolygonShape::b2PolygonShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_type = e_polygon;
|
||||
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_centroid.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2PolygonShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
|
||||
return m_vertices[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
101
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h
Normal file
101
inc/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_SHAPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_SHAPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// This holds the mass data computed for a shape.
|
||||
struct b2MassData
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The mass of the shape, usually in kilograms.
|
||||
float32 mass;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The position of the shape's centroid relative to the shape's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 center;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The rotational inertia of the shape about the local origin.
|
||||
float32 I;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A shape is used for collision detection. You can create a shape however you like.
|
||||
/// Shapes used for simulation in b2World are created automatically when a b2Fixture
|
||||
/// is created. Shapes may encapsulate a one or more child shapes.
|
||||
class b2Shape
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_circle = 0,
|
||||
e_edge = 1,
|
||||
e_polygon = 2,
|
||||
e_chain = 3,
|
||||
e_typeCount = 4
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~b2Shape() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clone the concrete shape using the provided allocator.
|
||||
virtual b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the type of this shape. You can use this to down cast to the concrete shape.
|
||||
/// @return the shape type.
|
||||
Type GetType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of child primitives.
|
||||
virtual int32 GetChildCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Test a point for containment in this shape. This only works for convex shapes.
|
||||
/// @param xf the shape world transform.
|
||||
/// @param p a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
virtual bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& xf, const b2Vec2& p) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Cast a ray against a child shape.
|
||||
/// @param output the ray-cast results.
|
||||
/// @param input the ray-cast input parameters.
|
||||
/// @param transform the transform to be applied to the shape.
|
||||
/// @param childIndex the child shape index
|
||||
virtual bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
|
||||
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Given a transform, compute the associated axis aligned bounding box for a child shape.
|
||||
/// @param aabb returns the axis aligned box.
|
||||
/// @param xf the world transform of the shape.
|
||||
/// @param childIndex the child shape
|
||||
virtual void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& xf, int32 childIndex) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the mass properties of this shape using its dimensions and density.
|
||||
/// The inertia tensor is computed about the local origin.
|
||||
/// @param massData returns the mass data for this shape.
|
||||
/// @param density the density in kilograms per meter squared.
|
||||
virtual void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
Type m_type;
|
||||
float32 m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Shape::Type b2Shape::GetType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
257
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h
Normal file
257
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
|
||||
#define B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Pair
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 proxyIdA;
|
||||
int32 proxyIdB;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// The broad-phase is used for computing pairs and performing volume queries and ray casts.
|
||||
/// This broad-phase does not persist pairs. Instead, this reports potentially new pairs.
|
||||
/// It is up to the client to consume the new pairs and to track subsequent overlap.
|
||||
class b2BroadPhase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_nullProxy = -1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2BroadPhase();
|
||||
~b2BroadPhase();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a proxy with an initial AABB. Pairs are not reported until
|
||||
/// UpdatePairs is called.
|
||||
int32 CreateProxy(const b2AABB& aabb, void* userData);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a proxy. It is up to the client to remove any pairs.
|
||||
void DestroyProxy(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call MoveProxy as many times as you like, then when you are done
|
||||
/// call UpdatePairs to finalized the proxy pairs (for your time step).
|
||||
void MoveProxy(int32 proxyId, const b2AABB& aabb, const b2Vec2& displacement);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call to trigger a re-processing of it's pairs on the next call to UpdatePairs.
|
||||
void TouchProxy(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
|
||||
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get user data from a proxy. Returns NULL if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Test overlap of fat AABBs.
|
||||
bool TestOverlap(int32 proxyIdA, int32 proxyIdB) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of proxies.
|
||||
int32 GetProxyCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the pairs. This results in pair callbacks. This can only add pairs.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void UpdatePairs(T* callback);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Query an AABB for overlapping proxies. The callback class
|
||||
/// is called for each proxy that overlaps the supplied AABB.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast against the proxies in the tree. This relies on the callback
|
||||
/// to perform a exact ray-cast in the case were the proxy contains a shape.
|
||||
/// The callback also performs the any collision filtering. This has performance
|
||||
/// roughly equal to k * log(n), where k is the number of collisions and n is the
|
||||
/// number of proxies in the tree.
|
||||
/// @param input the ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
|
||||
/// @param callback a callback class that is called for each proxy that is hit by the ray.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the height of the embedded tree.
|
||||
int32 GetTreeHeight() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the balance of the embedded tree.
|
||||
int32 GetTreeBalance() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the quality metric of the embedded tree.
|
||||
float32 GetTreeQuality() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Shift the world origin. Useful for large worlds.
|
||||
/// The shift formula is: position -= newOrigin
|
||||
/// @param newOrigin the new origin with respect to the old origin
|
||||
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2DynamicTree;
|
||||
|
||||
void BufferMove(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
void UnBufferMove(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
bool QueryCallback(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
b2DynamicTree m_tree;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_proxyCount;
|
||||
|
||||
int32* m_moveBuffer;
|
||||
int32 m_moveCapacity;
|
||||
int32 m_moveCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Pair* m_pairBuffer;
|
||||
int32 m_pairCapacity;
|
||||
int32 m_pairCount;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_queryProxyId;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to sort pairs.
|
||||
inline bool b2PairLessThan(const b2Pair& pair1, const b2Pair& pair2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pair1.proxyIdA < pair2.proxyIdA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (pair1.proxyIdA == pair2.proxyIdA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pair1.proxyIdB < pair2.proxyIdB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2BroadPhase::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetUserData(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2BroadPhase::TestOverlap(int32 proxyIdA, int32 proxyIdB) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2AABB& aabbA = m_tree.GetFatAABB(proxyIdA);
|
||||
const b2AABB& aabbB = m_tree.GetFatAABB(proxyIdB);
|
||||
return b2TestOverlap(aabbA, aabbB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2AABB& b2BroadPhase::GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetFatAABB(proxyId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetProxyCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_proxyCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeHeight() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetHeight();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeBalance() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetMaxBalance();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeQuality() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tree.GetAreaRatio();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void b2BroadPhase::UpdatePairs(T* callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset pair buffer
|
||||
m_pairCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Perform tree queries for all moving proxies.
|
||||
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_moveCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_queryProxyId = m_moveBuffer[i];
|
||||
if (m_queryProxyId == e_nullProxy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// We have to query the tree with the fat AABB so that
|
||||
// we don't fail to create a pair that may touch later.
|
||||
const b2AABB& fatAABB = m_tree.GetFatAABB(m_queryProxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
// Query tree, create pairs and add them pair buffer.
|
||||
m_tree.Query(this, fatAABB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset move buffer
|
||||
m_moveCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sort the pair buffer to expose duplicates.
|
||||
std::sort(m_pairBuffer, m_pairBuffer + m_pairCount, b2PairLessThan);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the pairs back to the client.
|
||||
int32 i = 0;
|
||||
while (i < m_pairCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Pair* primaryPair = m_pairBuffer + i;
|
||||
void* userDataA = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdA);
|
||||
void* userDataB = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdB);
|
||||
|
||||
callback->AddPair(userDataA, userDataB);
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Skip any duplicate pairs.
|
||||
while (i < m_pairCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Pair* pair = m_pairBuffer + i;
|
||||
if (pair->proxyIdA != primaryPair->proxyIdA || pair->proxyIdB != primaryPair->proxyIdB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Try to keep the tree balanced.
|
||||
//m_tree.Rebalance(4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2BroadPhase::Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tree.Query(callback, aabb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2BroadPhase::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tree.RayCast(callback, input);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2BroadPhase::ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tree.ShiftOrigin(newOrigin);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
277
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h
Normal file
277
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_COLLISION_H
|
||||
#define B2_COLLISION_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// @file
|
||||
/// Structures and functions used for computing contact points, distance
|
||||
/// queries, and TOI queries.
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Shape;
|
||||
class b2CircleShape;
|
||||
class b2EdgeShape;
|
||||
class b2PolygonShape;
|
||||
|
||||
const uint8 b2_nullFeature = UCHAR_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The features that intersect to form the contact point
|
||||
/// This must be 4 bytes or less.
|
||||
struct b2ContactFeature
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_vertex = 0,
|
||||
e_face = 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
uint8 indexA; ///< Feature index on shapeA
|
||||
uint8 indexB; ///< Feature index on shapeB
|
||||
uint8 typeA; ///< The feature type on shapeA
|
||||
uint8 typeB; ///< The feature type on shapeB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Contact ids to facilitate warm starting.
|
||||
union b2ContactID
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactFeature cf;
|
||||
uint32 key; ///< Used to quickly compare contact ids.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A manifold point is a contact point belonging to a contact
|
||||
/// manifold. It holds details related to the geometry and dynamics
|
||||
/// of the contact points.
|
||||
/// The local point usage depends on the manifold type:
|
||||
/// -e_circles: the local center of circleB
|
||||
/// -e_faceA: the local center of cirlceB or the clip point of polygonB
|
||||
/// -e_faceB: the clip point of polygonA
|
||||
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
|
||||
/// Note: the impulses are used for internal caching and may not
|
||||
/// provide reliable contact forces, especially for high speed collisions.
|
||||
struct b2ManifoldPoint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPoint; ///< usage depends on manifold type
|
||||
float32 normalImpulse; ///< the non-penetration impulse
|
||||
float32 tangentImpulse; ///< the friction impulse
|
||||
b2ContactID id; ///< uniquely identifies a contact point between two shapes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A manifold for two touching convex shapes.
|
||||
/// Box2D supports multiple types of contact:
|
||||
/// - clip point versus plane with radius
|
||||
/// - point versus point with radius (circles)
|
||||
/// The local point usage depends on the manifold type:
|
||||
/// -e_circles: the local center of circleA
|
||||
/// -e_faceA: the center of faceA
|
||||
/// -e_faceB: the center of faceB
|
||||
/// Similarly the local normal usage:
|
||||
/// -e_circles: not used
|
||||
/// -e_faceA: the normal on polygonA
|
||||
/// -e_faceB: the normal on polygonB
|
||||
/// We store contacts in this way so that position correction can
|
||||
/// account for movement, which is critical for continuous physics.
|
||||
/// All contact scenarios must be expressed in one of these types.
|
||||
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
|
||||
struct b2Manifold
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum Type
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_circles,
|
||||
e_faceA,
|
||||
e_faceB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2ManifoldPoint points[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< the points of contact
|
||||
b2Vec2 localNormal; ///< not use for Type::e_points
|
||||
b2Vec2 localPoint; ///< usage depends on manifold type
|
||||
Type type;
|
||||
int32 pointCount; ///< the number of manifold points
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to compute the current state of a contact manifold.
|
||||
struct b2WorldManifold
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Evaluate the manifold with supplied transforms. This assumes
|
||||
/// modest motion from the original state. This does not change the
|
||||
/// point count, impulses, etc. The radii must come from the shapes
|
||||
/// that generated the manifold.
|
||||
void Initialize(const b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, float32 radiusA,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfB, float32 radiusB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal; ///< world vector pointing from A to B
|
||||
b2Vec2 points[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< world contact point (point of intersection)
|
||||
float32 separations[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< a negative value indicates overlap, in meters
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used for determining the state of contact points.
|
||||
enum b2PointState
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2_nullState, ///< point does not exist
|
||||
b2_addState, ///< point was added in the update
|
||||
b2_persistState, ///< point persisted across the update
|
||||
b2_removeState ///< point was removed in the update
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the point states given two manifolds. The states pertain to the transition from manifold1
|
||||
/// to manifold2. So state1 is either persist or remove while state2 is either add or persist.
|
||||
void b2GetPointStates(b2PointState state1[b2_maxManifoldPoints], b2PointState state2[b2_maxManifoldPoints],
|
||||
const b2Manifold* manifold1, const b2Manifold* manifold2);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used for computing contact manifolds.
|
||||
struct b2ClipVertex
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 v;
|
||||
b2ContactID id;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
|
||||
struct b2RayCastInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1, p2;
|
||||
float32 maxFraction;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast output data. The ray hits at p1 + fraction * (p2 - p1), where p1 and p2
|
||||
/// come from b2RayCastInput.
|
||||
struct b2RayCastOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
float32 fraction;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// An axis aligned bounding box.
|
||||
struct b2AABB
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Verify that the bounds are sorted.
|
||||
bool IsValid() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the center of the AABB.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetCenter() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.5f * (lowerBound + upperBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the extents of the AABB (half-widths).
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetExtents() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.5f * (upperBound - lowerBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the perimeter length
|
||||
float32 GetPerimeter() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 wx = upperBound.x - lowerBound.x;
|
||||
float32 wy = upperBound.y - lowerBound.y;
|
||||
return 2.0f * (wx + wy);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Combine an AABB into this one.
|
||||
void Combine(const b2AABB& aabb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lowerBound = b2Min(lowerBound, aabb.lowerBound);
|
||||
upperBound = b2Max(upperBound, aabb.upperBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Combine two AABBs into this one.
|
||||
void Combine(const b2AABB& aabb1, const b2AABB& aabb2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lowerBound = b2Min(aabb1.lowerBound, aabb2.lowerBound);
|
||||
upperBound = b2Max(aabb1.upperBound, aabb2.upperBound);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Does this aabb contain the provided AABB.
|
||||
bool Contains(const b2AABB& aabb) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool result = true;
|
||||
result = result && lowerBound.x <= aabb.lowerBound.x;
|
||||
result = result && lowerBound.y <= aabb.lowerBound.y;
|
||||
result = result && aabb.upperBound.x <= upperBound.x;
|
||||
result = result && aabb.upperBound.y <= upperBound.y;
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 lowerBound; ///< the lower vertex
|
||||
b2Vec2 upperBound; ///< the upper vertex
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between two circles.
|
||||
void b2CollideCircles(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between a polygon and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygonAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between two polygons.
|
||||
void b2CollidePolygons(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
|
||||
void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon(b2Manifold* manifold,
|
||||
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
|
||||
const b2PolygonShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clipping for contact manifolds.
|
||||
int32 b2ClipSegmentToLine(b2ClipVertex vOut[2], const b2ClipVertex vIn[2],
|
||||
const b2Vec2& normal, float32 offset, int32 vertexIndexA);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determine if two generic shapes overlap.
|
||||
bool b2TestOverlap( const b2Shape* shapeA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeB, int32 indexB,
|
||||
const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------- Inline Functions ------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2AABB::IsValid() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 d = upperBound - lowerBound;
|
||||
bool valid = d.x >= 0.0f && d.y >= 0.0f;
|
||||
valid = valid && lowerBound.IsValid() && upperBound.IsValid();
|
||||
return valid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2TestOverlap(const b2AABB& a, const b2AABB& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 d1, d2;
|
||||
d1 = b.lowerBound - a.upperBound;
|
||||
d2 = a.lowerBound - b.upperBound;
|
||||
|
||||
if (d1.x > 0.0f || d1.y > 0.0f)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (d2.x > 0.0f || d2.y > 0.0f)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
141
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h
Normal file
141
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
#define B2_DISTANCE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Shape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A distance proxy is used by the GJK algorithm.
|
||||
/// It encapsulates any shape.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceProxy
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy() : m_vertices(NULL), m_count(0), m_radius(0.0f) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the proxy using the given shape. The shape
|
||||
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Shape* shape, int32 index);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
|
||||
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the vertex count.
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_buffer[2];
|
||||
const b2Vec2* m_vertices;
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
float32 m_radius;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used to warm start b2Distance.
|
||||
/// Set count to zero on first call.
|
||||
struct b2SimplexCache
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 metric; ///< length or area
|
||||
uint16 count;
|
||||
uint8 indexA[3]; ///< vertices on shape A
|
||||
uint8 indexB[3]; ///< vertices on shape B
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input for b2Distance.
|
||||
/// You have to option to use the shape radii
|
||||
/// in the computation. Even
|
||||
struct b2DistanceInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Transform transformA;
|
||||
b2Transform transformB;
|
||||
bool useRadii;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Output for b2Distance.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointA; ///< closest point on shapeA
|
||||
b2Vec2 pointB; ///< closest point on shapeB
|
||||
float32 distance;
|
||||
int32 iterations; ///< number of GJK iterations used
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the closest points between two shapes. Supports any combination of:
|
||||
/// b2CircleShape, b2PolygonShape, b2EdgeShape. The simplex cache is input/output.
|
||||
/// On the first call set b2SimplexCache.count to zero.
|
||||
void b2Distance(b2DistanceOutput* output,
|
||||
b2SimplexCache* cache,
|
||||
const b2DistanceInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetVertex(int32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
|
||||
return m_vertices[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return bestIndex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 bestIndex = 0;
|
||||
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
|
||||
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
|
||||
if (value > bestValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bestIndex = i;
|
||||
bestValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return m_vertices[bestIndex];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
289
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h
Normal file
289
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
|
||||
#define B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2GrowableStack.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define b2_nullNode (-1)
|
||||
|
||||
/// A node in the dynamic tree. The client does not interact with this directly.
|
||||
struct b2TreeNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool IsLeaf() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return child1 == b2_nullNode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enlarged AABB
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
|
||||
void* userData;
|
||||
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 parent;
|
||||
int32 next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int32 child1;
|
||||
int32 child2;
|
||||
|
||||
// leaf = 0, free node = -1
|
||||
int32 height;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A dynamic AABB tree broad-phase, inspired by Nathanael Presson's btDbvt.
|
||||
/// A dynamic tree arranges data in a binary tree to accelerate
|
||||
/// queries such as volume queries and ray casts. Leafs are proxies
|
||||
/// with an AABB. In the tree we expand the proxy AABB by b2_fatAABBFactor
|
||||
/// so that the proxy AABB is bigger than the client object. This allows the client
|
||||
/// object to move by small amounts without triggering a tree update.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Nodes are pooled and relocatable, so we use node indices rather than pointers.
|
||||
class b2DynamicTree
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructing the tree initializes the node pool.
|
||||
b2DynamicTree();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy the tree, freeing the node pool.
|
||||
~b2DynamicTree();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a proxy. Provide a tight fitting AABB and a userData pointer.
|
||||
int32 CreateProxy(const b2AABB& aabb, void* userData);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a proxy. This asserts if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void DestroyProxy(int32 proxyId);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Move a proxy with a swepted AABB. If the proxy has moved outside of its fattened AABB,
|
||||
/// then the proxy is removed from the tree and re-inserted. Otherwise
|
||||
/// the function returns immediately.
|
||||
/// @return true if the proxy was re-inserted.
|
||||
bool MoveProxy(int32 proxyId, const b2AABB& aabb1, const b2Vec2& displacement);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get proxy user data.
|
||||
/// @return the proxy user data or 0 if the id is invalid.
|
||||
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
|
||||
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Query an AABB for overlapping proxies. The callback class
|
||||
/// is called for each proxy that overlaps the supplied AABB.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast against the proxies in the tree. This relies on the callback
|
||||
/// to perform a exact ray-cast in the case were the proxy contains a shape.
|
||||
/// The callback also performs the any collision filtering. This has performance
|
||||
/// roughly equal to k * log(n), where k is the number of collisions and n is the
|
||||
/// number of proxies in the tree.
|
||||
/// @param input the ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
|
||||
/// @param callback a callback class that is called for each proxy that is hit by the ray.
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
void RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Validate this tree. For testing.
|
||||
void Validate() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the height of the binary tree in O(N) time. Should not be
|
||||
/// called often.
|
||||
int32 GetHeight() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum balance of an node in the tree. The balance is the difference
|
||||
/// in height of the two children of a node.
|
||||
int32 GetMaxBalance() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the ratio of the sum of the node areas to the root area.
|
||||
float32 GetAreaRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build an optimal tree. Very expensive. For testing.
|
||||
void RebuildBottomUp();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Shift the world origin. Useful for large worlds.
|
||||
/// The shift formula is: position -= newOrigin
|
||||
/// @param newOrigin the new origin with respect to the old origin
|
||||
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
int32 AllocateNode();
|
||||
void FreeNode(int32 node);
|
||||
|
||||
void InsertLeaf(int32 node);
|
||||
void RemoveLeaf(int32 node);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 Balance(int32 index);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 ComputeHeight() const;
|
||||
int32 ComputeHeight(int32 nodeId) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void ValidateStructure(int32 index) const;
|
||||
void ValidateMetrics(int32 index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_root;
|
||||
|
||||
b2TreeNode* m_nodes;
|
||||
int32 m_nodeCount;
|
||||
int32 m_nodeCapacity;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_freeList;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to incrementally traverse the tree for re-balancing.
|
||||
uint32 m_path;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_insertionCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2DynamicTree::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
return m_nodes[proxyId].userData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2AABB& b2DynamicTree::GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
|
||||
return m_nodes[proxyId].aabb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2DynamicTree::Query(T* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2GrowableStack<int32, 256> stack;
|
||||
stack.Push(m_root);
|
||||
|
||||
while (stack.GetCount() > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 nodeId = stack.Pop();
|
||||
if (nodeId == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + nodeId;
|
||||
|
||||
if (b2TestOverlap(node->aabb, aabb))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (node->IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool proceed = callback->QueryCallback(nodeId);
|
||||
if (proceed == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child1);
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 p1 = input.p1;
|
||||
b2Vec2 p2 = input.p2;
|
||||
b2Vec2 r = p2 - p1;
|
||||
b2Assert(r.LengthSquared() > 0.0f);
|
||||
r.Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
// v is perpendicular to the segment.
|
||||
b2Vec2 v = b2Cross(1.0f, r);
|
||||
b2Vec2 abs_v = b2Abs(v);
|
||||
|
||||
// Separating axis for segment (Gino, p80).
|
||||
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
|
||||
|
||||
float32 maxFraction = input.maxFraction;
|
||||
|
||||
// Build a bounding box for the segment.
|
||||
b2AABB segmentAABB;
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 t = p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1);
|
||||
segmentAABB.lowerBound = b2Min(p1, t);
|
||||
segmentAABB.upperBound = b2Max(p1, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2GrowableStack<int32, 256> stack;
|
||||
stack.Push(m_root);
|
||||
|
||||
while (stack.GetCount() > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 nodeId = stack.Pop();
|
||||
if (nodeId == b2_nullNode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const b2TreeNode* node = m_nodes + nodeId;
|
||||
|
||||
if (b2TestOverlap(node->aabb, segmentAABB) == false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Separating axis for segment (Gino, p80).
|
||||
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = node->aabb.GetCenter();
|
||||
b2Vec2 h = node->aabb.GetExtents();
|
||||
float32 separation = b2Abs(b2Dot(v, p1 - c)) - b2Dot(abs_v, h);
|
||||
if (separation > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (node->IsLeaf())
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2RayCastInput subInput;
|
||||
subInput.p1 = input.p1;
|
||||
subInput.p2 = input.p2;
|
||||
subInput.maxFraction = maxFraction;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 value = callback->RayCastCallback(subInput, nodeId);
|
||||
|
||||
if (value == 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The client has terminated the ray cast.
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (value > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Update segment bounding box.
|
||||
maxFraction = value;
|
||||
b2Vec2 t = p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1);
|
||||
segmentAABB.lowerBound = b2Min(p1, t);
|
||||
segmentAABB.upperBound = b2Max(p1, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child1);
|
||||
stack.Push(node->child2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
58
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h
Normal file
58
inc/Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Input parameters for b2TimeOfImpact
|
||||
struct b2TOIInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
|
||||
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepA;
|
||||
b2Sweep sweepB;
|
||||
float32 tMax; // defines sweep interval [0, tMax]
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Output parameters for b2TimeOfImpact.
|
||||
struct b2TOIOutput
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum State
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_unknown,
|
||||
e_failed,
|
||||
e_overlapped,
|
||||
e_touching,
|
||||
e_separated
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
State state;
|
||||
float32 t;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Compute the upper bound on time before two shapes penetrate. Time is represented as
|
||||
/// a fraction between [0,tMax]. This uses a swept separating axis and may miss some intermediate,
|
||||
/// non-tunneling collision. If you change the time interval, you should call this function
|
||||
/// again.
|
||||
/// Note: use b2Distance to compute the contact point and normal at the time of impact.
|
||||
void b2TimeOfImpact(b2TOIOutput* output, const b2TOIInput* input);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
62
inc/Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h
Normal file
62
inc/Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const int32 b2_chunkSize = 16 * 1024;
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxBlockSize = 640;
|
||||
const int32 b2_blockSizes = 14;
|
||||
const int32 b2_chunkArrayIncrement = 128;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Block;
|
||||
struct b2Chunk;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a small object allocator used for allocating small
|
||||
/// objects that persist for more than one time step.
|
||||
/// See: http://www.codeproject.com/useritems/Small_Block_Allocator.asp
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
~b2BlockAllocator();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocate memory. This will use b2Alloc if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void* Allocate(int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Free memory. This will use b2Free if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
|
||||
void Free(void* p, int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
b2Chunk* m_chunks;
|
||||
int32 m_chunkCount;
|
||||
int32 m_chunkSpace;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Block* m_freeLists[b2_blockSizes];
|
||||
|
||||
static int32 s_blockSizes[b2_blockSizes];
|
||||
static uint8 s_blockSizeLookup[b2_maxBlockSize + 1];
|
||||
static bool s_blockSizeLookupInitialized;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
97
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h
Normal file
97
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DRAW_H
|
||||
#define B2_DRAW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Color for debug drawing. Each value has the range [0,1].
|
||||
struct b2Color
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Color() {}
|
||||
b2Color(float32 rIn, float32 gIn, float32 bIn, float32 aIn = 1.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = rIn; g = gIn; b = bIn; a = aIn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Set(float32 rIn, float32 gIn, float32 bIn, float32 aIn = 1.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = rIn; g = gIn; b = bIn; a = aIn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 r, g, b, a;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement and register this class with a b2World to provide debug drawing of physics
|
||||
/// entities in your game.
|
||||
class b2Draw
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Draw();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~b2Draw() {}
|
||||
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_shapeBit = 0x0001, ///< draw shapes
|
||||
e_jointBit = 0x0002, ///< draw joint connections
|
||||
e_aabbBit = 0x0004, ///< draw axis aligned bounding boxes
|
||||
e_pairBit = 0x0008, ///< draw broad-phase pairs
|
||||
e_centerOfMassBit = 0x0010 ///< draw center of mass frame
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the drawing flags.
|
||||
void SetFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the drawing flags.
|
||||
uint32 GetFlags() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Append flags to the current flags.
|
||||
void AppendFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clear flags from the current flags.
|
||||
void ClearFlags(uint32 flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid closed polygon provided in CCW order.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a solid circle.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSolidCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Vec2& axis, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a line segment.
|
||||
virtual void DrawSegment(const b2Vec2& p1, const b2Vec2& p2, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a transform. Choose your own length scale.
|
||||
/// @param xf a transform.
|
||||
virtual void DrawTransform(const b2Transform& xf) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Draw a point.
|
||||
virtual void DrawPoint(const b2Vec2& p, float32 size, const b2Color& color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
uint32 m_drawFlags;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
85
inc/Box2D/Common/b2GrowableStack.h
Normal file
85
inc/Box2D/Common/b2GrowableStack.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
|
||||
#define B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a growable LIFO stack with an initial capacity of N.
|
||||
/// If the stack size exceeds the initial capacity, the heap is used
|
||||
/// to increase the size of the stack.
|
||||
template <typename T, int32 N>
|
||||
class b2GrowableStack
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2GrowableStack()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_stack = m_array;
|
||||
m_count = 0;
|
||||
m_capacity = N;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~b2GrowableStack()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_stack != m_array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(m_stack);
|
||||
m_stack = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Push(const T& element)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_count == m_capacity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
T* old = m_stack;
|
||||
m_capacity *= 2;
|
||||
m_stack = (T*)b2Alloc(m_capacity * sizeof(T));
|
||||
memcpy(m_stack, old, m_count * sizeof(T));
|
||||
if (old != m_array)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Free(old);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_stack[m_count] = element;
|
||||
++m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
T Pop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_count > 0);
|
||||
--m_count;
|
||||
return m_stack[m_count];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int32 GetCount()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
T* m_stack;
|
||||
T m_array[N];
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
int32 m_capacity;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
726
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Math.h
Normal file
726
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Math.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,726 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_MATH_H
|
||||
#define B2_MATH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// This function is used to ensure that a floating point number is not a NaN or infinity.
|
||||
inline bool b2IsValid(float32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 ix = *reinterpret_cast<int32*>(&x);
|
||||
return (ix & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is a approximate yet fast inverse square-root.
|
||||
inline float32 b2InvSqrt(float32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 x;
|
||||
int32 i;
|
||||
} convert;
|
||||
|
||||
convert.x = x;
|
||||
float32 xhalf = 0.5f * x;
|
||||
convert.i = 0x5f3759df - (convert.i >> 1);
|
||||
x = convert.x;
|
||||
x = x * (1.5f - xhalf * x * x);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define b2Sqrt(x) sqrtf(x)
|
||||
#define b2Atan2(y, x) atan2f(y, x)
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 2D column vector.
|
||||
struct b2Vec2
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Vec2(): x(0.f), y(0.f) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct using coordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec2(float32 xIn, float32 yIn) : x(xIn), y(yIn) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero() { x = 0.0f; y = 0.0f; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to some specified coordinates.
|
||||
void Set(float32 x_, float32 y_) { x = x_; y = y_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Negate this vector.
|
||||
b2Vec2 operator -() const { b2Vec2 v; v.Set(-x, -y); return v; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Read from and indexed element.
|
||||
float32 operator () (int32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (&x)[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Write to an indexed element.
|
||||
float32& operator () (int32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (&x)[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a vector to this vector.
|
||||
void operator += (const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x += v.x; y += v.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract a vector from this vector.
|
||||
void operator -= (const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= v.x; y -= v.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply this vector by a scalar.
|
||||
void operator *= (float32 a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x *= a; y *= a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the length of this vector (the norm).
|
||||
float32 Length() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Sqrt(x * x + y * y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the length squared. For performance, use this instead of
|
||||
/// b2Vec2::Length (if possible).
|
||||
float32 LengthSquared() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x * x + y * y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Convert this vector into a unit vector. Returns the length.
|
||||
float32 Normalize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 length = Length();
|
||||
if (length < b2_epsilon)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
float32 invLength = 1.0f / length;
|
||||
x *= invLength;
|
||||
y *= invLength;
|
||||
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Does this vector contain finite coordinates?
|
||||
bool IsValid() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2IsValid(x) && b2IsValid(y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the skew vector such that dot(skew_vec, other) == cross(vec, other)
|
||||
b2Vec2 Skew() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(-y, x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2& operator/=(const float& divider);
|
||||
float32 x, y;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 2D column vector with 3 elements.
|
||||
struct b2Vec3
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Vec3() : x(0.f), y(0.f), z(0.f) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct using coordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec3(float32 xIn, float32 yIn, float32 zIn) : x(xIn), y(yIn), z(zIn) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero() { x = 0.0f; y = 0.0f; z = 0.0f; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this vector to some specified coordinates.
|
||||
void Set(float32 x_, float32 y_, float32 z_) { x = x_; y = y_; z = z_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Negate this vector.
|
||||
b2Vec3 operator -() const { b2Vec3 v; v.Set(-x, -y, -z); return v; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a vector to this vector.
|
||||
void operator += (const b2Vec3& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x += v.x; y += v.y; z += v.z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract a vector from this vector.
|
||||
void operator -= (const b2Vec3& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= v.x; y -= v.y; z -= v.z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply this vector by a scalar.
|
||||
void operator *= (float32 s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x *= s; y *= s; z *= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float32 x, y, z;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 2-by-2 matrix. Stored in column-major order.
|
||||
struct b2Mat22
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Mat22() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct this matrix using columns.
|
||||
b2Mat22(const b2Vec2& c1, const b2Vec2& c2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex = c1;
|
||||
ey = c2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct this matrix using scalars.
|
||||
b2Mat22(float32 a11, float32 a12, float32 a21, float32 a22)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.x = a11; ex.y = a21;
|
||||
ey.x = a12; ey.y = a22;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize this matrix using columns.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2& c1, const b2Vec2& c2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex = c1;
|
||||
ey = c2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this to the identity matrix.
|
||||
void SetIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.x = 1.0f; ey.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
ex.y = 0.0f; ey.y = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this matrix to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.x = 0.0f; ey.x = 0.0f;
|
||||
ex.y = 0.0f; ey.y = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Mat22 GetInverse() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a = ex.x, b = ey.x, c = ex.y, d = ey.y;
|
||||
b2Mat22 B;
|
||||
float32 det = a * d - b * c;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
B.ex.x = det * d; B.ey.x = -det * b;
|
||||
B.ex.y = -det * c; B.ey.y = det * a;
|
||||
return B;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec2 Solve(const b2Vec2& b) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a21 = ex.y, a22 = ey.y;
|
||||
float32 det = a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
|
||||
if (det != 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
det = 1.0f / det;
|
||||
}
|
||||
b2Vec2 x;
|
||||
x.x = det * (a22 * b.x - a12 * b.y);
|
||||
x.y = det * (a11 * b.y - a21 * b.x);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 ex, ey;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A 3-by-3 matrix. Stored in column-major order.
|
||||
struct b2Mat33
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The default constructor does nothing (for performance).
|
||||
b2Mat33() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Construct this matrix using columns.
|
||||
b2Mat33(const b2Vec3& c1, const b2Vec3& c2, const b2Vec3& c3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex = c1;
|
||||
ey = c2;
|
||||
ez = c3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this matrix to all zeros.
|
||||
void SetZero()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ex.SetZero();
|
||||
ey.SetZero();
|
||||
ez.SetZero();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
|
||||
b2Vec3 Solve33(const b2Vec3& b) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
|
||||
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases. Solve only the upper
|
||||
/// 2-by-2 matrix equation.
|
||||
b2Vec2 Solve22(const b2Vec2& b) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the inverse of this matrix as a 2-by-2.
|
||||
/// Returns the zero matrix if singular.
|
||||
void GetInverse22(b2Mat33* M) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the symmetric inverse of this matrix as a 3-by-3.
|
||||
/// Returns the zero matrix if singular.
|
||||
void GetSymInverse33(b2Mat33* M) const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec3 ex, ey, ez;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rotation
|
||||
struct b2Rot
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Rot() : s(0.f), c(0.f) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize from an angle in radians
|
||||
explicit b2Rot(float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// TODO_ERIN optimize
|
||||
s = sinf(angle);
|
||||
c = cosf(angle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set using an angle in radians.
|
||||
void Set(float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// TODO_ERIN optimize
|
||||
s = sinf(angle);
|
||||
c = cosf(angle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set to the identity rotation
|
||||
void SetIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
s = 0.0f;
|
||||
c = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angle in radians
|
||||
float32 GetAngle() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Atan2(s, c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the x-axis
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetXAxis() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(c, s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the u-axis
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetYAxis() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(-s, c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sine and cosine
|
||||
float32 s, c;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A transform contains translation and rotation. It is used to represent
|
||||
/// the position and orientation of rigid frames.
|
||||
struct b2Transform
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The default constructor does nothing.
|
||||
b2Transform() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize using a position vector and a rotation.
|
||||
b2Transform(const b2Vec2& position, const b2Rot& rotation) : p(position), q(rotation) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this to the identity transform.
|
||||
void SetIdentity()
|
||||
{
|
||||
p.SetZero();
|
||||
q.SetIdentity();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this based on the position and angle.
|
||||
void Set(const b2Vec2& position, float32 angle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p = position;
|
||||
q.Set(angle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 p;
|
||||
b2Rot q;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This describes the motion of a body/shape for TOI computation.
|
||||
/// Shapes are defined with respect to the body origin, which may
|
||||
/// no coincide with the center of mass. However, to support dynamics
|
||||
/// we must interpolate the center of mass position.
|
||||
struct b2Sweep
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Get the interpolated transform at a specific time.
|
||||
/// @param beta is a factor in [0,1], where 0 indicates alpha0.
|
||||
void GetTransform(b2Transform* xfb, float32 beta) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Advance the sweep forward, yielding a new initial state.
|
||||
/// @param alpha the new initial time.
|
||||
void Advance(float32 alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Normalize the angles.
|
||||
void Normalize();
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 localCenter; ///< local center of mass position
|
||||
b2Vec2 c0, c; ///< center world positions
|
||||
float32 a0, a; ///< world angles
|
||||
|
||||
/// Fraction of the current time step in the range [0,1]
|
||||
/// c0 and a0 are the positions at alpha0.
|
||||
float32 alpha0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Useful constant
|
||||
extern const b2Vec2 b2Vec2_zero;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the dot product on two vectors.
|
||||
inline float32 b2Dot(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on two vectors. In 2D this produces a scalar.
|
||||
inline float32 b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x * b.y - a.y * b.x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on a vector and a scalar. In 2D this produces
|
||||
/// a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, float32 s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(s * a.y, -s * a.x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on a scalar and a vector. In 2D this produces
|
||||
/// a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(float32 s, const b2Vec2& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(-s * a.y, s * a.x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix times a vector. If a rotation matrix is provided,
|
||||
/// then this transforms the vector from one frame to another.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(A.ex.x * v.x + A.ey.x * v.y, A.ex.y * v.x + A.ey.y * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix transpose times a vector. If a rotation matrix is provided,
|
||||
/// then this transforms the vector from one frame to another (inverse transform).
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Dot(v, A.ex), b2Dot(v, A.ey));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 operator + (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(a.x + b.x, a.y + b.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 operator - (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(a.x - b.x, a.y - b.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 operator * (float32 s, const b2Vec2& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(s * a.x, s * a.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool operator == (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x == b.x && a.y == b.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool operator != (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x != b.x || a.y != b.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Distance(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = a - b;
|
||||
return c.Length();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceSquared(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c = a - b;
|
||||
return b2Dot(c, c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 operator * (float32 s, const b2Vec3& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(s * a.x, s * a.y, s * a.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 operator + (const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(a.x + b.x, a.y + b.y, a.z + b.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Subtract two vectors component-wise.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 operator - (const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(a.x - b.x, a.y - b.y, a.z - b.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the dot product on two vectors.
|
||||
inline float32 b2Dot(const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y + a.z * b.z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Perform the cross product on two vectors.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 b2Cross(const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec3(a.y * b.z - a.z * b.y, a.z * b.x - a.x * b.z, a.x * b.y - a.y * b.x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 operator + (const b2Mat22& A, const b2Mat22& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mat22(A.ex + B.ex, A.ey + B.ey);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A * B
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 b2Mul(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Mat22& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mat22(b2Mul(A, B.ex), b2Mul(A, B.ey));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A^T * B
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 b2MulT(const b2Mat22& A, const b2Mat22& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c1(b2Dot(A.ex, B.ex), b2Dot(A.ey, B.ex));
|
||||
b2Vec2 c2(b2Dot(A.ex, B.ey), b2Dot(A.ey, B.ey));
|
||||
return b2Mat22(c1, c2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix times a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec3 b2Mul(const b2Mat33& A, const b2Vec3& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return v.x * A.ex + v.y * A.ey + v.z * A.ez;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply a matrix times a vector.
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul22(const b2Mat33& A, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(A.ex.x * v.x + A.ey.x * v.y, A.ex.y * v.x + A.ey.y * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Multiply two rotations: q * r
|
||||
inline b2Rot b2Mul(const b2Rot& q, const b2Rot& r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// [qc -qs] * [rc -rs] = [qc*rc-qs*rs -qc*rs-qs*rc]
|
||||
// [qs qc] [rs rc] [qs*rc+qc*rs -qs*rs+qc*rc]
|
||||
// s = qs * rc + qc * rs
|
||||
// c = qc * rc - qs * rs
|
||||
b2Rot qr;
|
||||
qr.s = q.s * r.c + q.c * r.s;
|
||||
qr.c = q.c * r.c - q.s * r.s;
|
||||
return qr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Transpose multiply two rotations: qT * r
|
||||
inline b2Rot b2MulT(const b2Rot& q, const b2Rot& r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// [ qc qs] * [rc -rs] = [qc*rc+qs*rs -qc*rs+qs*rc]
|
||||
// [-qs qc] [rs rc] [-qs*rc+qc*rs qs*rs+qc*rc]
|
||||
// s = qc * rs - qs * rc
|
||||
// c = qc * rc + qs * rs
|
||||
b2Rot qr;
|
||||
qr.s = q.c * r.s - q.s * r.c;
|
||||
qr.c = q.c * r.c + q.s * r.s;
|
||||
return qr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rotate a vector
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul(const b2Rot& q, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(q.c * v.x - q.s * v.y, q.s * v.x + q.c * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Inverse rotate a vector
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Rot& q, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(q.c * v.x + q.s * v.y, -q.s * v.x + q.c * v.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul(const b2Transform& T, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 x = (T.q.c * v.x - T.q.s * v.y) + T.p.x;
|
||||
float32 y = (T.q.s * v.x + T.q.c * v.y) + T.p.y;
|
||||
|
||||
return b2Vec2(x, y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Transform& T, const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 px = v.x - T.p.x;
|
||||
float32 py = v.y - T.p.y;
|
||||
float32 x = (T.q.c * px + T.q.s * py);
|
||||
float32 y = (-T.q.s * px + T.q.c * py);
|
||||
|
||||
return b2Vec2(x, y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// v2 = A.q.Rot(B.q.Rot(v1) + B.p) + A.p
|
||||
// = (A.q * B.q).Rot(v1) + A.q.Rot(B.p) + A.p
|
||||
inline b2Transform b2Mul(const b2Transform& A, const b2Transform& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform C;
|
||||
C.q = b2Mul(A.q, B.q);
|
||||
C.p = b2Mul(A.q, B.p) + A.p;
|
||||
return C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// v2 = A.q' * (B.q * v1 + B.p - A.p)
|
||||
// = A.q' * B.q * v1 + A.q' * (B.p - A.p)
|
||||
inline b2Transform b2MulT(const b2Transform& A, const b2Transform& B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Transform C;
|
||||
C.q = b2MulT(A.q, B.q);
|
||||
C.p = b2MulT(A.q, B.p - A.p);
|
||||
return C;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Abs(T a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a > T(0) ? a : -a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Abs(const b2Vec2& a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Abs(a.x), b2Abs(a.y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Mat22 b2Abs(const b2Mat22& A)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mat22(b2Abs(A.ex), b2Abs(A.ey));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Min(T a, T b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a < b ? a : b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Min(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Min(a.x, b.x), b2Min(a.y, b.y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Max(T a, T b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return a > b ? a : b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Max(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Vec2(b2Max(a.x, b.x), b2Max(a.y, b.y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template <typename T>
|
||||
inline T b2Clamp(T a, T low, T high)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Max(low, b2Min(a, high));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Clamp(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& low, const b2Vec2& high)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Max(low, b2Min(a, high));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename T> inline void b2Swap(T& a, T& b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
T tmp = a;
|
||||
a = b;
|
||||
b = tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// "Next Largest Power of 2
|
||||
/// Given a binary integer value x, the next largest power of 2 can be computed by a SWAR algorithm
|
||||
/// that recursively "folds" the upper bits into the lower bits. This process yields a bit vector with
|
||||
/// the same most significant 1 as x, but all 1's below it. Adding 1 to that value yields the next
|
||||
/// largest power of 2. For a 32-bit value:"
|
||||
inline uint32 b2NextPowerOfTwo(uint32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x |= (x >> 1);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 2);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 4);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 8);
|
||||
x |= (x >> 16);
|
||||
return x + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2IsPowerOfTwo(uint32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool result = x > 0 && (x & (x - 1)) == 0;
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Sweep::GetTransform(b2Transform* xf, float32 beta) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
xf->p = (1.0f - beta) * c0 + beta * c;
|
||||
float32 angle = (1.0f - beta) * a0 + beta * a;
|
||||
xf->q.Set(angle);
|
||||
|
||||
// Shift to origin
|
||||
xf->p -= b2Mul(xf->q, localCenter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Sweep::Advance(float32 alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(alpha0 < 1.0f);
|
||||
float32 beta = (alpha - alpha0) / (1.0f - alpha0);
|
||||
c0 += beta * (c - c0);
|
||||
a0 += beta * (a - a0);
|
||||
alpha0 = alpha;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Normalize an angle in radians to be between -pi and pi
|
||||
inline void b2Sweep::Normalize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 twoPi = 2.0f * b2_pi;
|
||||
float32 d = twoPi * floorf(a0 / twoPi);
|
||||
a0 -= d;
|
||||
a -= d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
155
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h
Normal file
155
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_SETTINGS_H
|
||||
#define B2_SETTINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <float.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(NDEBUG)
|
||||
#define b2DEBUG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define B2_NOT_USED(x) ((void)(x))
|
||||
#define b2Assert(A) assert(A)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef signed char int8;
|
||||
typedef signed short int16;
|
||||
typedef signed int int32;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char uint8;
|
||||
typedef unsigned short uint16;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int uint32;
|
||||
typedef float float32;
|
||||
typedef double float64;
|
||||
|
||||
#define b2_maxFloat FLT_MAX
|
||||
#define b2_epsilon FLT_EPSILON
|
||||
#define b2_pi 3.14159265359f
|
||||
|
||||
/// @file
|
||||
/// Global tuning constants based on meters-kilograms-seconds (MKS) units.
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
// Collision
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of contact points between two convex shapes. Do
|
||||
/// not change this value.
|
||||
#define b2_maxManifoldPoints 2
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of vertices on a convex polygon. You cannot increase
|
||||
/// this too much because b2BlockAllocator has a maximum object size.
|
||||
#define b2_maxPolygonVertices 8
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This allows proxies
|
||||
/// to move by a small amount without triggering a tree adjustment.
|
||||
/// This is in meters.
|
||||
#define b2_aabbExtension 0.1f
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This is used to predict
|
||||
/// the future position based on the current displacement.
|
||||
/// This is a dimensionless multiplier.
|
||||
#define b2_aabbMultiplier 2.0f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A small length used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
|
||||
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
|
||||
#define b2_linearSlop 0.005f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A small angle used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
|
||||
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
|
||||
#define b2_angularSlop (2.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The radius of the polygon/edge shape skin. This should not be modified. Making
|
||||
/// this smaller means polygons will have an insufficient buffer for continuous collision.
|
||||
/// Making it larger may create artifacts for vertex collision.
|
||||
#define b2_polygonRadius (2.0f * b2_linearSlop)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum number of sub-steps per contact in continuous physics simulation.
|
||||
#define b2_maxSubSteps 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dynamics
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum number of contacts to be handled to solve a TOI impact.
|
||||
#define b2_maxTOIContacts 32
|
||||
|
||||
/// A velocity threshold for elastic collisions. Any collision with a relative linear
|
||||
/// velocity below this threshold will be treated as inelastic.
|
||||
#define b2_velocityThreshold 1.0f
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum linear position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
|
||||
/// prevent overshoot.
|
||||
#define b2_maxLinearCorrection 0.2f
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum angular position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
|
||||
/// prevent overshoot.
|
||||
#define b2_maxAngularCorrection (8.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum linear velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
|
||||
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this.
|
||||
#define b2_maxTranslation 2.0f
|
||||
#define b2_maxTranslationSquared (b2_maxTranslation * b2_maxTranslation)
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum angular velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
|
||||
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this.
|
||||
#define b2_maxRotation (0.5f * b2_pi)
|
||||
#define b2_maxRotationSquared (b2_maxRotation * b2_maxRotation)
|
||||
|
||||
/// This scale factor controls how fast overlap is resolved. Ideally this would be 1 so
|
||||
/// that overlap is removed in one time step. However using values close to 1 often lead
|
||||
/// to overshoot.
|
||||
#define b2_baumgarte 0.2f
|
||||
#define b2_toiBaugarte 0.75f
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Sleep
|
||||
|
||||
/// The time that a body must be still before it will go to sleep.
|
||||
#define b2_timeToSleep 0.5f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body cannot sleep if its linear velocity is above this tolerance.
|
||||
#define b2_linearSleepTolerance 0.01f
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body cannot sleep if its angular velocity is above this tolerance.
|
||||
#define b2_angularSleepTolerance (2.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory Allocation
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement this function to use your own memory allocator.
|
||||
void* b2Alloc(int32 size);
|
||||
|
||||
/// If you implement b2Alloc, you should also implement this function.
|
||||
void b2Free(void* mem);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Logging function.
|
||||
void b2Log(const char* string, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Version numbering scheme.
|
||||
/// See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_versioning
|
||||
struct b2Version
|
||||
{
|
||||
int32 major; ///< significant changes
|
||||
int32 minor; ///< incremental changes
|
||||
int32 revision; ///< bug fixes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Current version.
|
||||
extern b2Version b2_version;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
60
inc/Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h
Normal file
60
inc/Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const int32 b2_stackSize = 100 * 1024; // 100k
|
||||
const int32 b2_maxStackEntries = 32;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2StackEntry
|
||||
{
|
||||
char* data;
|
||||
int32 size;
|
||||
bool usedMalloc;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// This is a stack allocator used for fast per step allocations.
|
||||
// You must nest allocate/free pairs. The code will assert
|
||||
// if you try to interleave multiple allocate/free pairs.
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2StackAllocator();
|
||||
~b2StackAllocator();
|
||||
|
||||
void* Allocate(int32 size);
|
||||
void Free(void* p);
|
||||
|
||||
int32 GetMaxAllocation() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
char m_data[b2_stackSize];
|
||||
int32 m_index;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_allocation;
|
||||
int32 m_maxAllocation;
|
||||
|
||||
b2StackEntry m_entries[b2_maxStackEntries];
|
||||
int32 m_entryCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
50
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h
Normal file
50
inc/Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_TIMER_H
|
||||
#define B2_TIMER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Timer for profiling. This has platform specific code and may
|
||||
/// not work on every platform.
|
||||
class b2Timer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructor
|
||||
b2Timer();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the timer.
|
||||
void Reset();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the time since construction or the last reset.
|
||||
float32 GetMilliseconds() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
float64 m_start;
|
||||
static float64 s_invFrequency;
|
||||
#elif defined(__linux__) || defined (__APPLE__)
|
||||
unsigned long m_start_sec;
|
||||
unsigned long m_start_usec;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.h
Normal file
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ChainAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
~b2ChainAndCircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h
Normal file
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ChainAndPolygonContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2ChainAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
~b2ChainAndPolygonContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.h
Normal file
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2CircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2CircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2CircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
349
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h
Normal file
349
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2Fixture;
|
||||
class b2World;
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator;
|
||||
class b2ContactListener;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction mixing law. The idea is to allow either fixture to drive the restitution to zero.
|
||||
/// For example, anything slides on ice.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixFriction(float32 friction1, float32 friction2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Sqrt(friction1 * friction2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Restitution mixing law. The idea is allow for anything to bounce off an inelastic surface.
|
||||
/// For example, a superball bounces on anything.
|
||||
inline float32 b2MixRestitution(float32 restitution1, float32 restitution2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return restitution1 > restitution2 ? restitution1 : restitution2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
typedef b2Contact* b2ContactCreateFcn( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB,
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
typedef void b2ContactDestroyFcn(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactRegister
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn;
|
||||
b2ContactDestroyFcn* destroyFcn;
|
||||
bool primary;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A contact edge is used to connect bodies and contacts together
|
||||
/// in a contact graph where each body is a node and each contact
|
||||
/// is an edge. A contact edge belongs to a doubly linked list
|
||||
/// maintained in each attached body. Each contact has two contact
|
||||
/// nodes, one for each attached body.
|
||||
struct b2ContactEdge
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* other; ///< provides quick access to the other body attached.
|
||||
b2Contact* contact; ///< the contact
|
||||
b2ContactEdge* prev; ///< the previous contact edge in the body's contact list
|
||||
b2ContactEdge* next; ///< the next contact edge in the body's contact list
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// The class manages contact between two shapes. A contact exists for each overlapping
|
||||
/// AABB in the broad-phase (except if filtered). Therefore a contact object may exist
|
||||
/// that has no contact points.
|
||||
class b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the contact manifold. Do not modify the manifold unless you understand the
|
||||
/// internals of Box2D.
|
||||
b2Manifold* GetManifold();
|
||||
const b2Manifold* GetManifold() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world manifold.
|
||||
void GetWorldManifold(b2WorldManifold* worldManifold) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is this contact touching?
|
||||
bool IsTouching() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable this contact. This can be used inside the pre-solve
|
||||
/// contact listener. The contact is only disabled for the current
|
||||
/// time step (or sub-step in continuous collisions).
|
||||
void SetEnabled(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Has this contact been disabled?
|
||||
bool IsEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the next contact in the world's contact list.
|
||||
b2Contact* GetNext();
|
||||
const b2Contact* GetNext() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get fixture A in this contact.
|
||||
b2Fixture* GetFixtureA();
|
||||
const b2Fixture* GetFixtureA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the child primitive index for fixture A.
|
||||
int32 GetChildIndexA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get fixture B in this contact.
|
||||
b2Fixture* GetFixtureB();
|
||||
const b2Fixture* GetFixtureB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the child primitive index for fixture B.
|
||||
int32 GetChildIndexB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Override the default friction mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
|
||||
/// This value persists until set or reset.
|
||||
void SetFriction(float32 friction);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the friction.
|
||||
float32 GetFriction() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the friction mixture to the default value.
|
||||
void ResetFriction();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Override the default restitution mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
|
||||
/// The value persists until you set or reset.
|
||||
void SetRestitution(float32 restitution);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the restitution.
|
||||
float32 GetRestitution() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Reset the restitution to the default value.
|
||||
void ResetRestitution();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the desired tangent speed for a conveyor belt behavior. In meters per second.
|
||||
void SetTangentSpeed(float32 speed);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the desired tangent speed. In meters per second.
|
||||
float32 GetTangentSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Evaluate this contact with your own manifold and transforms.
|
||||
virtual void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend class b2ContactManager;
|
||||
friend class b2World;
|
||||
friend class b2ContactSolver;
|
||||
friend class b2Body;
|
||||
friend class b2Fixture;
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags stored in m_flags
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Used when crawling contact graph when forming islands.
|
||||
e_islandFlag = 0x0001,
|
||||
|
||||
// Set when the shapes are touching.
|
||||
e_touchingFlag = 0x0002,
|
||||
|
||||
// This contact can be disabled (by user)
|
||||
e_enabledFlag = 0x0004,
|
||||
|
||||
// This contact needs filtering because a fixture filter was changed.
|
||||
e_filterFlag = 0x0008,
|
||||
|
||||
// This bullet contact had a TOI event
|
||||
e_bulletHitFlag = 0x0010,
|
||||
|
||||
// This contact has a valid TOI in m_toi
|
||||
e_toiFlag = 0x0020
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Flag this contact for filtering. Filtering will occur the next time step.
|
||||
void FlagForFiltering();
|
||||
|
||||
static void AddType(b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn, b2ContactDestroyFcn* destroyFcn,
|
||||
b2Shape::Type typeA, b2Shape::Type typeB);
|
||||
static void InitializeRegisters();
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2Shape::Type typeA, b2Shape::Type typeB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Contact() : m_fixtureA(NULL), m_fixtureB(NULL) {}
|
||||
b2Contact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
|
||||
virtual ~b2Contact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Update(b2ContactListener* listener);
|
||||
|
||||
static b2ContactRegister s_registers[b2Shape::e_typeCount][b2Shape::e_typeCount];
|
||||
static bool s_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32 m_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
// World pool and list pointers.
|
||||
b2Contact* m_prev;
|
||||
b2Contact* m_next;
|
||||
|
||||
// Nodes for connecting bodies.
|
||||
b2ContactEdge m_nodeA;
|
||||
b2ContactEdge m_nodeB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Fixture* m_fixtureA;
|
||||
b2Fixture* m_fixtureB;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Manifold m_manifold;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_toiCount;
|
||||
float32 m_toi;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_friction;
|
||||
float32 m_restitution;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_tangentSpeed;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Manifold* b2Contact::GetManifold()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &m_manifold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Manifold* b2Contact::GetManifold() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &m_manifold;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::GetWorldManifold(b2WorldManifold* worldManifold) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const b2Body* bodyA = m_fixtureA->GetBody();
|
||||
const b2Body* bodyB = m_fixtureB->GetBody();
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeA = m_fixtureA->GetShape();
|
||||
const b2Shape* shapeB = m_fixtureB->GetShape();
|
||||
|
||||
worldManifold->Initialize(&m_manifold, bodyA->GetTransform(), shapeA->m_radius, bodyB->GetTransform(), shapeB->m_radius);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetEnabled(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags &= ~e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Contact::IsEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_enabledFlag) == e_enabledFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Contact::IsTouching() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_touchingFlag) == e_touchingFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Contact* b2Contact::GetNext()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Contact* b2Contact::GetNext() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureA()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureB()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2Contact::GetChildIndexA() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_indexA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Fixture* b2Contact::GetFixtureB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2Contact::GetChildIndexB() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_indexB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::FlagForFiltering()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_filterFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetFriction(float32 friction)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_friction = friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetFriction() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::ResetFriction()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_friction = b2MixFriction(m_fixtureA->m_friction, m_fixtureB->m_friction);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitution(float32 restitution)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitution = restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetRestitution() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::ResetRestitution()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitution = b2MixRestitution(m_fixtureA->m_restitution, m_fixtureB->m_restitution);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Contact::SetTangentSpeed(float32 speed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tangentSpeed = speed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Contact::GetTangentSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_tangentSpeed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
95
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ContactSolver.h
Normal file
95
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ContactSolver.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_SOLVER_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_SOLVER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator;
|
||||
struct b2ContactPositionConstraint;
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2VelocityConstraintPoint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 rB;
|
||||
float32 normalImpulse;
|
||||
float32 tangentImpulse;
|
||||
float32 normalMass;
|
||||
float32 tangentMass;
|
||||
float32 velocityBias;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactVelocityConstraint
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2VelocityConstraintPoint points[b2_maxManifoldPoints];
|
||||
b2Vec2 normal;
|
||||
b2Mat22 normalMass;
|
||||
b2Mat22 K;
|
||||
int32 indexA;
|
||||
int32 indexB;
|
||||
float32 invMassA, invMassB;
|
||||
float32 invIA, invIB;
|
||||
float32 friction;
|
||||
float32 restitution;
|
||||
float32 tangentSpeed;
|
||||
int32 pointCount;
|
||||
int32 contactIndex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2ContactSolverDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2TimeStep step;
|
||||
b2Contact** contacts;
|
||||
int32 count;
|
||||
b2Position* positions;
|
||||
b2Velocity* velocities;
|
||||
b2StackAllocator* allocator;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class b2ContactSolver
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ContactSolver(b2ContactSolverDef* def);
|
||||
~b2ContactSolver();
|
||||
|
||||
void InitializeVelocityConstraints();
|
||||
|
||||
void WarmStart();
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints();
|
||||
void StoreImpulses();
|
||||
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints();
|
||||
bool SolveTOIPositionConstraints(int32 toiIndexA, int32 toiIndexB);
|
||||
|
||||
b2TimeStep m_step;
|
||||
b2Position* m_positions;
|
||||
b2Velocity* m_velocities;
|
||||
b2StackAllocator* m_allocator;
|
||||
b2ContactPositionConstraint* m_positionConstraints;
|
||||
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* m_velocityConstraints;
|
||||
b2Contact** m_contacts;
|
||||
int m_count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndCircleContact.h
Normal file
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndCircleContact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2EdgeAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2EdgeAndCircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.h
Normal file
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_EDGE_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_EDGE_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2EdgeAndPolygonContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2EdgeAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2EdgeAndPolygonContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
38
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonAndCircleContact.h
Normal file
38
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonAndCircleContact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_POLYGON_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2PolygonAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2PolygonAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2PolygonAndCircleContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonContact.h
Normal file
39
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonContact.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
#define B2_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
class b2PolygonContact : public b2Contact
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2PolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
~b2PolygonContact() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
169
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h
Normal file
169
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Distance joint definition. This requires defining an
|
||||
/// anchor point on both bodies and the non-zero length of the
|
||||
/// distance joint. The definition uses local anchor points
|
||||
/// so that the initial configuration can violate the constraint
|
||||
/// slightly. This helps when saving and loading a game.
|
||||
/// @warning Do not use a zero or short length.
|
||||
struct b2DistanceJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2DistanceJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_distanceJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
length = 1.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 0.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and length using the world
|
||||
/// anchors.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& anchorA, const b2Vec2& anchorB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The natural length between the anchor points.
|
||||
float32 length;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mass-spring-damper frequency in Hertz. A value of 0
|
||||
/// disables softness.
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A distance joint constrains two points on two bodies
|
||||
/// to remain at a fixed distance from each other. You can view
|
||||
/// this as a massless, rigid rod.
|
||||
class b2DistanceJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction force given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction torque given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N*m. This is always zero for a distance joint.
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the natural length.
|
||||
/// Manipulating the length can lead to non-physical behavior when the frequency is zero.
|
||||
void SetLength(float32 length);
|
||||
float32 GetLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get frequency in Hz.
|
||||
void SetFrequency(float32 hz);
|
||||
float32 GetFrequency() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get damping ratio.
|
||||
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetDampingRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2DistanceJoint(const b2DistanceJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
float32 m_bias;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_length;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_u;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetLength(float32 length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_length = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetLength() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetFrequency(float32 hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_frequencyHz = hz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetFrequency() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dampingRatio = ratio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetDampingRatio() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
119
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h
Normal file
119
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction joint definition.
|
||||
struct b2FrictionJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2FrictionJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_frictionJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.SetZero();
|
||||
localAnchorB.SetZero();
|
||||
maxForce = 0.0f;
|
||||
maxTorque = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
|
||||
/// anchor and world axis.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
float32 maxForce;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum friction torque in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxTorque;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Friction joint. This is used for top-down friction.
|
||||
/// It provides 2D translational friction and angular friction.
|
||||
class b2FrictionJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
void SetMaxTorque(float32 torque);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxTorque() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2FrictionJoint(const b2FrictionJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_angularImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_maxForce;
|
||||
float32 m_maxTorque;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
|
||||
float32 m_angularMass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
125
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h
Normal file
125
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gear joint definition. This definition requires two existing
|
||||
/// revolute or prismatic joints (any combination will work).
|
||||
struct b2GearJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2GearJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_gearJoint;
|
||||
joint1 = NULL;
|
||||
joint2 = NULL;
|
||||
ratio = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The first revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* joint1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The second revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* joint2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The gear ratio.
|
||||
/// @see b2GearJoint for explanation.
|
||||
float32 ratio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A gear joint is used to connect two joints together. Either joint
|
||||
/// can be a revolute or prismatic joint. You specify a gear ratio
|
||||
/// to bind the motions together:
|
||||
/// coordinate1 + ratio * coordinate2 = constant
|
||||
/// The ratio can be negative or positive. If one joint is a revolute joint
|
||||
/// and the other joint is a prismatic joint, then the ratio will have units
|
||||
/// of length or units of 1/length.
|
||||
/// @warning You have to manually destroy the gear joint if joint1 or joint2
|
||||
/// is destroyed.
|
||||
class b2GearJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the first joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* GetJoint1() { return m_joint1; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the second joint.
|
||||
b2Joint* GetJoint2() { return m_joint2; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the gear ratio.
|
||||
void SetRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2GearJoint(const b2GearJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Joint* m_joint1;
|
||||
b2Joint* m_joint2;
|
||||
|
||||
b2JointType m_typeA;
|
||||
b2JointType m_typeB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Body A is connected to body C
|
||||
// Body B is connected to body D
|
||||
b2Body* m_bodyC;
|
||||
b2Body* m_bodyD;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorC;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorD;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAxisC;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAxisD;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngleA;
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngleB;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_constant;
|
||||
float32 m_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA, m_indexB, m_indexC, m_indexD;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_lcA, m_lcB, m_lcC, m_lcD;
|
||||
float32 m_mA, m_mB, m_mC, m_mD;
|
||||
float32 m_iA, m_iB, m_iC, m_iD;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_JvAC, m_JvBD;
|
||||
float32 m_JwA, m_JwB, m_JwC, m_JwD;
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
226
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h
Normal file
226
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2Joint;
|
||||
struct b2SolverData;
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
enum b2JointType
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_unknownJoint,
|
||||
e_revoluteJoint,
|
||||
e_prismaticJoint,
|
||||
e_distanceJoint,
|
||||
e_pulleyJoint,
|
||||
e_mouseJoint,
|
||||
e_gearJoint,
|
||||
e_wheelJoint,
|
||||
e_weldJoint,
|
||||
e_frictionJoint,
|
||||
e_ropeJoint,
|
||||
e_motorJoint
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum b2LimitState
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_inactiveLimit,
|
||||
e_atLowerLimit,
|
||||
e_atUpperLimit,
|
||||
e_equalLimits
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Jacobian
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 linear;
|
||||
float32 angularA;
|
||||
float32 angularB;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A joint edge is used to connect bodies and joints together
|
||||
/// in a joint graph where each body is a node and each joint
|
||||
/// is an edge. A joint edge belongs to a doubly linked list
|
||||
/// maintained in each attached body. Each joint has two joint
|
||||
/// nodes, one for each attached body.
|
||||
struct b2JointEdge
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Body* other; ///< provides quick access to the other body attached.
|
||||
b2Joint* joint; ///< the joint
|
||||
b2JointEdge* prev; ///< the previous joint edge in the body's joint list
|
||||
b2JointEdge* next; ///< the next joint edge in the body's joint list
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Joint definitions are used to construct joints.
|
||||
struct b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2JointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_unknownJoint;
|
||||
userData = NULL;
|
||||
bodyA = NULL;
|
||||
bodyB = NULL;
|
||||
collideConnected = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The joint type is set automatically for concrete joint types.
|
||||
b2JointType type;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this to attach application specific data to your joints.
|
||||
void* userData;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The first attached body.
|
||||
b2Body* bodyA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The second attached body.
|
||||
b2Body* bodyB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this flag to true if the attached bodies should collide.
|
||||
bool collideConnected;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// The base joint class. Joints are used to constraint two bodies together in
|
||||
/// various fashions. Some joints also feature limits and motors.
|
||||
class b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the type of the concrete joint.
|
||||
b2JointType GetType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the first body attached to this joint.
|
||||
b2Body* GetBodyA();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the second body attached to this joint.
|
||||
b2Body* GetBodyB();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the anchor point on bodyA in world coordinates.
|
||||
virtual b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the anchor point on bodyB in world coordinates.
|
||||
virtual b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction force on bodyB at the joint anchor in Newtons.
|
||||
virtual b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction torque on bodyB in N*m.
|
||||
virtual float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the next joint the world joint list.
|
||||
b2Joint* GetNext();
|
||||
const b2Joint* GetNext() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the user data pointer.
|
||||
void* GetUserData() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the user data pointer.
|
||||
void SetUserData(void* data);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Short-cut function to determine if either body is inactive.
|
||||
bool IsActive() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get collide connected.
|
||||
/// Note: modifying the collide connect flag won't work correctly because
|
||||
/// the flag is only checked when fixture AABBs begin to overlap.
|
||||
bool GetCollideConnected() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump this joint to the log file.
|
||||
virtual void Dump() { b2Log("// Dump is not supported for this joint type.\n"); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Shift the origin for any points stored in world coordinates.
|
||||
virtual void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin) { B2_NOT_USED(newOrigin); }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend class b2World;
|
||||
friend class b2Body;
|
||||
friend class b2Island;
|
||||
friend class b2GearJoint;
|
||||
|
||||
static b2Joint* Create(const b2JointDef* def, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
static void Destroy(b2Joint* joint, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Joint(const b2JointDef* def);
|
||||
virtual ~b2Joint() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// This returns true if the position errors are within tolerance.
|
||||
virtual bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
b2JointType m_type;
|
||||
b2Joint* m_prev;
|
||||
b2Joint* m_next;
|
||||
b2JointEdge m_edgeA;
|
||||
b2JointEdge m_edgeB;
|
||||
b2Body* m_bodyA;
|
||||
b2Body* m_bodyB;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_index;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_islandFlag;
|
||||
bool m_collideConnected;
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_userData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2JointType b2Joint::GetType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Body* b2Joint::GetBodyA()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Body* b2Joint::GetBodyB()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyB;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Joint* b2Joint::GetNext()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Joint* b2Joint::GetNext() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2Joint::GetUserData() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_userData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Joint::SetUserData(void* data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_userData = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Joint::GetCollideConnected() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_collideConnected;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
133
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h
Normal file
133
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Motor joint definition.
|
||||
struct b2MotorJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2MotorJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_motorJoint;
|
||||
linearOffset.SetZero();
|
||||
angularOffset = 0.0f;
|
||||
maxForce = 1.0f;
|
||||
maxTorque = 1.0f;
|
||||
correctionFactor = 0.3f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies and offsets using the current transforms.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position of bodyB minus the position of bodyA, in bodyA's frame, in meters.
|
||||
b2Vec2 linearOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in radians.
|
||||
float32 angularOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor force in N.
|
||||
float32 maxForce;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor torque in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxTorque;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Position correction factor in the range [0,1].
|
||||
float32 correctionFactor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A motor joint is used to control the relative motion
|
||||
/// between two bodies. A typical usage is to control the movement
|
||||
/// of a dynamic body with respect to the ground.
|
||||
class b2MotorJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the target linear offset, in frame A, in meters.
|
||||
void SetLinearOffset(const b2Vec2& linearOffset);
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLinearOffset() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the target angular offset, in radians.
|
||||
void SetAngularOffset(float32 angularOffset);
|
||||
float32 GetAngularOffset() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
void SetMaxTorque(float32 torque);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
|
||||
float32 GetMaxTorque() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
|
||||
void SetCorrectionFactor(float32 factor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
|
||||
float32 GetCorrectionFactor() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2MotorJoint(const b2MotorJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearOffset;
|
||||
float32 m_angularOffset;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_angularImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_maxForce;
|
||||
float32 m_maxTorque;
|
||||
float32 m_correctionFactor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearError;
|
||||
float32 m_angularError;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
|
||||
float32 m_angularMass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
129
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h
Normal file
129
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Mouse joint definition. This requires a world target point,
|
||||
/// tuning parameters, and the time step.
|
||||
struct b2MouseJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2MouseJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_mouseJoint;
|
||||
target.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
maxForce = 0.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 5.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.7f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The initial world target point. This is assumed
|
||||
/// to coincide with the body anchor initially.
|
||||
b2Vec2 target;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum constraint force that can be exerted
|
||||
/// to move the candidate body. Usually you will express
|
||||
/// as some multiple of the weight (multiplier * mass * gravity).
|
||||
float32 maxForce;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The response speed.
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A mouse joint is used to make a point on a body track a
|
||||
/// specified world point. This a soft constraint with a maximum
|
||||
/// force. This allows the constraint to stretch and without
|
||||
/// applying huge forces.
|
||||
/// NOTE: this joint is not documented in the manual because it was
|
||||
/// developed to be used in the testbed. If you want to learn how to
|
||||
/// use the mouse joint, look at the testbed.
|
||||
class b2MouseJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implements b2Joint.
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this to update the target point.
|
||||
void SetTarget(const b2Vec2& target);
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetTarget() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the maximum force in Newtons.
|
||||
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
|
||||
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the frequency in Hertz.
|
||||
void SetFrequency(float32 hz);
|
||||
float32 GetFrequency() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get the damping ratio (dimensionless).
|
||||
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetDampingRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mouse joint does not support dumping.
|
||||
void Dump() { b2Log("Mouse joint dumping is not supported.\n"); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Joint::ShiftOrigin
|
||||
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2MouseJoint(const b2MouseJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_targetA;
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
float32 m_beta;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_maxForce;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat22 m_mass;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_C;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
196
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h
Normal file
196
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_PRISMATIC_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_PRISMATIC_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Prismatic joint definition. This requires defining a line of
|
||||
/// motion using an axis and an anchor point. The definition uses local
|
||||
/// anchor points and a local axis so that the initial configuration
|
||||
/// can violate the constraint slightly. The joint translation is zero
|
||||
/// when the local anchor points coincide in world space. Using local
|
||||
/// anchors and a local axis helps when saving and loading a game.
|
||||
struct b2PrismaticJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2PrismaticJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_prismaticJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.SetZero();
|
||||
localAnchorB.SetZero();
|
||||
localAxisA.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
referenceAngle = 0.0f;
|
||||
enableLimit = false;
|
||||
lowerTranslation = 0.0f;
|
||||
upperTranslation = 0.0f;
|
||||
enableMotor = false;
|
||||
maxMotorForce = 0.0f;
|
||||
motorSpeed = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
|
||||
/// anchor and unit world axis.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local translation unit axis in bodyA.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAxisA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The constrained angle between the bodies: bodyB_angle - bodyA_angle.
|
||||
float32 referenceAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint limit.
|
||||
bool enableLimit;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The lower translation limit, usually in meters.
|
||||
float32 lowerTranslation;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The upper translation limit, usually in meters.
|
||||
float32 upperTranslation;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
|
||||
bool enableMotor;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor torque, usually in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxMotorForce;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired motor speed in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 motorSpeed;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A prismatic joint. This joint provides one degree of freedom: translation
|
||||
/// along an axis fixed in bodyA. Relative rotation is prevented. You can
|
||||
/// use a joint limit to restrict the range of motion and a joint motor to
|
||||
/// drive the motion or to model joint friction.
|
||||
class b2PrismaticJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local joint axis relative to bodyA.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAxisA() const { return m_localXAxisA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reference angle.
|
||||
float32 GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint translation, usually in meters.
|
||||
float32 GetJointTranslation() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint translation speed, usually in meters per second.
|
||||
float32 GetJointSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is the joint limit enabled?
|
||||
bool IsLimitEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint limit.
|
||||
void EnableLimit(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the lower joint limit, usually in meters.
|
||||
float32 GetLowerLimit() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the upper joint limit, usually in meters.
|
||||
float32 GetUpperLimit() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the joint limits, usually in meters.
|
||||
void SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is the joint motor enabled?
|
||||
bool IsMotorEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
|
||||
void EnableMotor(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the motor speed, usually in meters per second.
|
||||
void SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the motor speed, usually in meters per second.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum motor force, usually in N.
|
||||
void SetMaxMotorForce(float32 force);
|
||||
float32 GetMaxMotorForce() const { return m_maxMotorForce; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current motor force given the inverse time step, usually in N.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
friend class b2GearJoint;
|
||||
b2PrismaticJoint(const b2PrismaticJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localXAxisA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localYAxisA;
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
b2Vec3 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_lowerTranslation;
|
||||
float32 m_upperTranslation;
|
||||
float32 m_maxMotorForce;
|
||||
float32 m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
bool m_enableLimit;
|
||||
bool m_enableMotor;
|
||||
b2LimitState m_limitState;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_axis, m_perp;
|
||||
float32 m_s1, m_s2;
|
||||
float32 m_a1, m_a2;
|
||||
b2Mat33 m_K;
|
||||
float32 m_motorMass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
152
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h
Normal file
152
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_PULLEY_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_PULLEY_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
const float32 b2_minPulleyLength = 2.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Pulley joint definition. This requires two ground anchors,
|
||||
/// two dynamic body anchor points, and a pulley ratio.
|
||||
struct b2PulleyJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2PulleyJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_pulleyJoint;
|
||||
groundAnchorA.Set(-1.0f, 1.0f);
|
||||
groundAnchorB.Set(1.0f, 1.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(-1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
lengthA = 0.0f;
|
||||
lengthB = 0.0f;
|
||||
ratio = 1.0f;
|
||||
collideConnected = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, lengths, max lengths, and ratio using the world anchors.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& groundAnchorA, const b2Vec2& groundAnchorB,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& anchorA, const b2Vec2& anchorB,
|
||||
float32 ratio);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The first ground anchor in world coordinates. This point never moves.
|
||||
b2Vec2 groundAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The second ground anchor in world coordinates. This point never moves.
|
||||
b2Vec2 groundAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The a reference length for the segment attached to bodyA.
|
||||
float32 lengthA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The a reference length for the segment attached to bodyB.
|
||||
float32 lengthB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The pulley ratio, used to simulate a block-and-tackle.
|
||||
float32 ratio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// The pulley joint is connected to two bodies and two fixed ground points.
|
||||
/// The pulley supports a ratio such that:
|
||||
/// length1 + ratio * length2 <= constant
|
||||
/// Yes, the force transmitted is scaled by the ratio.
|
||||
/// Warning: the pulley joint can get a bit squirrelly by itself. They often
|
||||
/// work better when combined with prismatic joints. You should also cover the
|
||||
/// the anchor points with static shapes to prevent one side from going to
|
||||
/// zero length.
|
||||
class b2PulleyJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the first ground anchor.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetGroundAnchorA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the second ground anchor.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetGroundAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyA.
|
||||
float32 GetLengthA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyB.
|
||||
float32 GetLengthB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the pulley ratio.
|
||||
float32 GetRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyA.
|
||||
float32 GetCurrentLengthA() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyB.
|
||||
float32 GetCurrentLengthB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement b2Joint::ShiftOrigin
|
||||
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2PulleyJoint(const b2PulleyJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_groundAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_groundAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_lengthA;
|
||||
float32 m_lengthB;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_constant;
|
||||
float32 m_ratio;
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_uA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_uB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
204
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h
Normal file
204
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_REVOLUTE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_REVOLUTE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Revolute joint definition. This requires defining an
|
||||
/// anchor point where the bodies are joined. The definition
|
||||
/// uses local anchor points so that the initial configuration
|
||||
/// can violate the constraint slightly. You also need to
|
||||
/// specify the initial relative angle for joint limits. This
|
||||
/// helps when saving and loading a game.
|
||||
/// The local anchor points are measured from the body's origin
|
||||
/// rather than the center of mass because:
|
||||
/// 1. you might not know where the center of mass will be.
|
||||
/// 2. if you add/remove shapes from a body and recompute the mass,
|
||||
/// the joints will be broken.
|
||||
struct b2RevoluteJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2RevoluteJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_revoluteJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
referenceAngle = 0.0f;
|
||||
lowerAngle = 0.0f;
|
||||
upperAngle = 0.0f;
|
||||
maxMotorTorque = 0.0f;
|
||||
motorSpeed = 0.0f;
|
||||
enableLimit = false;
|
||||
enableMotor = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and reference angle using a world
|
||||
/// anchor point.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in the reference state (radians).
|
||||
float32 referenceAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A flag to enable joint limits.
|
||||
bool enableLimit;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The lower angle for the joint limit (radians).
|
||||
float32 lowerAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The upper angle for the joint limit (radians).
|
||||
float32 upperAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A flag to enable the joint motor.
|
||||
bool enableMotor;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired motor speed. Usually in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 motorSpeed;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor torque used to achieve the desired motor speed.
|
||||
/// Usually in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A revolute joint constrains two bodies to share a common point while they
|
||||
/// are free to rotate about the point. The relative rotation about the shared
|
||||
/// point is the joint angle. You can limit the relative rotation with
|
||||
/// a joint limit that specifies a lower and upper angle. You can use a motor
|
||||
/// to drive the relative rotation about the shared point. A maximum motor torque
|
||||
/// is provided so that infinite forces are not generated.
|
||||
class b2RevoluteJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reference angle.
|
||||
float32 GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint angle in radians.
|
||||
float32 GetJointAngle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint angle speed in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 GetJointSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is the joint limit enabled?
|
||||
bool IsLimitEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint limit.
|
||||
void EnableLimit(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the lower joint limit in radians.
|
||||
float32 GetLowerLimit() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the upper joint limit in radians.
|
||||
float32 GetUpperLimit() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the joint limits in radians.
|
||||
void SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is the joint motor enabled?
|
||||
bool IsMotorEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
|
||||
void EnableMotor(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the motor speed in radians per second.
|
||||
void SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the motor speed in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the maximum motor torque, usually in N-m.
|
||||
void SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque);
|
||||
float32 GetMaxMotorTorque() const { return m_maxMotorTorque; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction force given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reaction torque due to the joint limit given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N*m.
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current motor torque given the inverse time step.
|
||||
/// Unit is N*m.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log.
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
friend class b2GearJoint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2RevoluteJoint(const b2RevoluteJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec3 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_enableMotor;
|
||||
float32 m_maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
float32 m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_enableLimit;
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
float32 m_lowerAngle;
|
||||
float32 m_upperAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat33 m_mass; // effective mass for point-to-point constraint.
|
||||
float32 m_motorMass; // effective mass for motor/limit angular constraint.
|
||||
b2LimitState m_limitState;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
114
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h
Normal file
114
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_ROPE_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_ROPE_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Rope joint definition. This requires two body anchor points and
|
||||
/// a maximum lengths.
|
||||
/// Note: by default the connected objects will not collide.
|
||||
/// see collideConnected in b2JointDef.
|
||||
struct b2RopeJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2RopeJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_ropeJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(-1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
maxLength = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum length of the rope.
|
||||
/// Warning: this must be larger than b2_linearSlop or
|
||||
/// the joint will have no effect.
|
||||
float32 maxLength;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A rope joint enforces a maximum distance between two points
|
||||
/// on two bodies. It has no other effect.
|
||||
/// Warning: if you attempt to change the maximum length during
|
||||
/// the simulation you will get some non-physical behavior.
|
||||
/// A model that would allow you to dynamically modify the length
|
||||
/// would have some sponginess, so I chose not to implement it
|
||||
/// that way. See b2DistanceJoint if you want to dynamically
|
||||
/// control length.
|
||||
class b2RopeJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the maximum length of the rope.
|
||||
void SetMaxLength(float32 length) { m_maxLength = length; }
|
||||
float32 GetMaxLength() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2LimitState GetLimitState() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump joint to dmLog
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2RopeJoint(const b2RopeJointDef* data);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_maxLength;
|
||||
float32 m_length;
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_u;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
b2LimitState m_state;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
126
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h
Normal file
126
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_WELD_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_WELD_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Weld joint definition. You need to specify local anchor points
|
||||
/// where they are attached and the relative body angle. The position
|
||||
/// of the anchor points is important for computing the reaction torque.
|
||||
struct b2WeldJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2WeldJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_weldJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
referenceAngle = 0.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 0.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and reference angle using a world
|
||||
/// anchor point.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in the reference state (radians).
|
||||
float32 referenceAngle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mass-spring-damper frequency in Hertz. Rotation only.
|
||||
/// Disable softness with a value of 0.
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A weld joint essentially glues two bodies together. A weld joint may
|
||||
/// distort somewhat because the island constraint solver is approximate.
|
||||
class b2WeldJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the reference angle.
|
||||
float32 GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get frequency in Hz.
|
||||
void SetFrequency(float32 hz) { m_frequencyHz = hz; }
|
||||
float32 GetFrequency() const { return m_frequencyHz; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/get damping ratio.
|
||||
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio) { m_dampingRatio = ratio; }
|
||||
float32 GetDampingRatio() const { return m_dampingRatio; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
b2WeldJoint(const b2WeldJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
float32 m_bias;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
float32 m_referenceAngle;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
b2Vec3 m_impulse;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_rB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
b2Mat33 m_mass;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
216
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h
Normal file
216
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_WHEEL_JOINT_H
|
||||
#define B2_WHEEL_JOINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Wheel joint definition. This requires defining a line of
|
||||
/// motion using an axis and an anchor point. The definition uses local
|
||||
/// anchor points and a local axis so that the initial configuration
|
||||
/// can violate the constraint slightly. The joint translation is zero
|
||||
/// when the local anchor points coincide in world space. Using local
|
||||
/// anchors and a local axis helps when saving and loading a game.
|
||||
struct b2WheelJointDef : public b2JointDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2WheelJointDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
type = e_wheelJoint;
|
||||
localAnchorA.SetZero();
|
||||
localAnchorB.SetZero();
|
||||
localAxisA.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
enableMotor = false;
|
||||
maxMotorTorque = 0.0f;
|
||||
motorSpeed = 0.0f;
|
||||
frequencyHz = 2.0f;
|
||||
dampingRatio = 0.7f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
|
||||
/// anchor and world axis.
|
||||
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local translation axis in bodyA.
|
||||
b2Vec2 localAxisA;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
|
||||
bool enableMotor;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum motor torque, usually in N-m.
|
||||
float32 maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired motor speed in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 motorSpeed;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Suspension frequency, zero indicates no suspension
|
||||
float32 frequencyHz;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Suspension damping ratio, one indicates critical damping
|
||||
float32 dampingRatio;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A wheel joint. This joint provides two degrees of freedom: translation
|
||||
/// along an axis fixed in bodyA and rotation in the plane. In other words, it is a point to
|
||||
/// line constraint with a rotational motor and a linear spring/damper.
|
||||
/// This joint is designed for vehicle suspensions.
|
||||
class b2WheelJoint : public b2Joint
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The local joint axis relative to bodyA.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAxisA() const { return m_localXAxisA; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint translation, usually in meters.
|
||||
float32 GetJointTranslation() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint linear speed, usually in meters per second.
|
||||
float32 GetJointLinearSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint angle in radians.
|
||||
float32 GetJointAngle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current joint angular speed in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 GetJointAngularSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is the joint motor enabled?
|
||||
bool IsMotorEnabled() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
|
||||
void EnableMotor(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the motor speed, usually in radians per second.
|
||||
void SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the motor speed, usually in radians per second.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorSpeed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the maximum motor force, usually in N-m.
|
||||
void SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque);
|
||||
float32 GetMaxMotorTorque() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current motor torque given the inverse time step, usually in N-m.
|
||||
float32 GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the spring frequency in hertz. Setting the frequency to zero disables the spring.
|
||||
void SetSpringFrequencyHz(float32 hz);
|
||||
float32 GetSpringFrequencyHz() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set/Get the spring damping ratio
|
||||
void SetSpringDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
|
||||
float32 GetSpringDampingRatio() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump to b2Log
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Joint;
|
||||
b2WheelJoint(const b2WheelJointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
float32 m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver shared
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localXAxisA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localYAxisA;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_impulse;
|
||||
float32 m_motorImpulse;
|
||||
float32 m_springImpulse;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
float32 m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
bool m_enableMotor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Solver temp
|
||||
int32 m_indexA;
|
||||
int32 m_indexB;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassA;
|
||||
float32 m_invMassB;
|
||||
float32 m_invIA;
|
||||
float32 m_invIB;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_ax, m_ay;
|
||||
float32 m_sAx, m_sBx;
|
||||
float32 m_sAy, m_sBy;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_mass;
|
||||
float32 m_motorMass;
|
||||
float32 m_springMass;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_bias;
|
||||
float32 m_gamma;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_motorSpeed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMaxMotorTorque() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_maxMotorTorque;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2WheelJoint::SetSpringFrequencyHz(float32 hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_frequencyHz = hz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetSpringFrequencyHz() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_frequencyHz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2WheelJoint::SetSpringDampingRatio(float32 ratio)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dampingRatio = ratio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetSpringDampingRatio() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_dampingRatio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
883
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h
Normal file
883
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,883 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_BODY_H
|
||||
#define B2_BODY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
#include <memory>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Fixture;
|
||||
class b2Joint;
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2Controller;
|
||||
class b2World;
|
||||
struct b2FixtureDef;
|
||||
struct b2JointEdge;
|
||||
struct b2ContactEdge;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The body type.
|
||||
/// static: zero mass, zero velocity, may be manually moved
|
||||
/// kinematic: zero mass, non-zero velocity set by user, moved by solver
|
||||
/// dynamic: positive mass, non-zero velocity determined by forces, moved by solver
|
||||
enum b2BodyType
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2_staticBody = 0,
|
||||
b2_kinematicBody,
|
||||
b2_dynamicBody
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO_ERIN
|
||||
//b2_bulletBody,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A body definition holds all the data needed to construct a rigid body.
|
||||
/// You can safely re-use body definitions. Shapes are added to a body after construction.
|
||||
struct b2BodyDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// This constructor sets the body definition default values.
|
||||
b2BodyDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
userData = NULL;
|
||||
position.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
angle = 0.0f;
|
||||
linearVelocity.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
|
||||
angularVelocity = 0.0f;
|
||||
linearDamping = 0.0f;
|
||||
angularDamping = 0.0f;
|
||||
allowSleep = true;
|
||||
awake = true;
|
||||
fixedRotation = false;
|
||||
bullet = false;
|
||||
type = b2_staticBody;
|
||||
active = true;
|
||||
gravityScale = 1.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The body type: static, kinematic, or dynamic.
|
||||
/// Note: if a dynamic body would have zero mass, the mass is set to one.
|
||||
b2BodyType type;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The world position of the body. Avoid creating bodies at the origin
|
||||
/// since this can lead to many overlapping shapes.
|
||||
b2Vec2 position;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The world angle of the body in radians.
|
||||
float32 angle;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The linear velocity of the body's origin in world co-ordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec2 linearVelocity;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The angular velocity of the body.
|
||||
float32 angularVelocity;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Linear damping is use to reduce the linear velocity. The damping parameter
|
||||
/// can be larger than 1.0f but the damping effect becomes sensitive to the
|
||||
/// time step when the damping parameter is large.
|
||||
float32 linearDamping;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Angular damping is use to reduce the angular velocity. The damping parameter
|
||||
/// can be larger than 1.0f but the damping effect becomes sensitive to the
|
||||
/// time step when the damping parameter is large.
|
||||
float32 angularDamping;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this flag to false if this body should never fall asleep. Note that
|
||||
/// this increases CPU usage.
|
||||
bool allowSleep;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is this body initially awake or sleeping?
|
||||
bool awake;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Should this body be prevented from rotating? Useful for characters.
|
||||
bool fixedRotation;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is this a fast moving body that should be prevented from tunneling through
|
||||
/// other moving bodies? Note that all bodies are prevented from tunneling through
|
||||
/// kinematic and static bodies. This setting is only considered on dynamic bodies.
|
||||
/// @warning You should use this flag sparingly since it increases processing time.
|
||||
bool bullet;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Does this body start out active?
|
||||
bool active;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this to store application specific body data.
|
||||
void* userData;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Scale the gravity applied to this body.
|
||||
float32 gravityScale;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A rigid body. These are created via b2World::CreateBody.
|
||||
class b2Body
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Creates a fixture and attach it to this body. Use this function if you need
|
||||
/// to set some fixture parameters, like friction. Otherwise you can create the
|
||||
/// fixture directly from a shape.
|
||||
/// If the density is non-zero, this function automatically updates the mass of the body.
|
||||
/// Contacts are not created until the next time step.
|
||||
/// @param def the fixture definition.
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
b2Fixture* CreateFixture(const b2FixtureDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Creates a fixture from a shape and attach it to this body.
|
||||
/// This is a convenience function. Use b2FixtureDef if you need to set parameters
|
||||
/// like friction, restitution, user data, or filtering.
|
||||
/// If the density is non-zero, this function automatically updates the mass of the body.
|
||||
/// @param shape the shape to be cloned.
|
||||
/// @param density the shape density (set to zero for static bodies).
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
b2Fixture* CreateFixture(const b2Shape* shape, float32 density);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a fixture. This removes the fixture from the broad-phase and
|
||||
/// destroys all contacts associated with this fixture. This will
|
||||
/// automatically adjust the mass of the body if the body is dynamic and the
|
||||
/// fixture has positive density.
|
||||
/// All fixtures attached to a body are implicitly destroyed when the body is destroyed.
|
||||
/// @param fixture the fixture to be removed.
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
void DestroyFixture(b2Fixture* fixture);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the position of the body's origin and rotation.
|
||||
/// Manipulating a body's transform may cause non-physical behavior.
|
||||
/// Note: contacts are updated on the next call to b2World::Step.
|
||||
/// @param position the world position of the body's local origin.
|
||||
/// @param angle the world rotation in radians.
|
||||
void SetTransform(const b2Vec2& position, float32 angle);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the body transform for the body's origin.
|
||||
/// @return the world transform of the body's origin.
|
||||
const b2Transform& GetTransform() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world body origin position.
|
||||
/// @return the world position of the body's origin.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetPosition() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angle in radians.
|
||||
/// @return the current world rotation angle in radians.
|
||||
float32 GetAngle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world position of the center of mass.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetWorldCenter() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the local position of the center of mass.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLocalCenter() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the linear velocity of the center of mass.
|
||||
/// @param v the new linear velocity of the center of mass.
|
||||
void SetLinearVelocity(const b2Vec2& v);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the linear velocity of the center of mass.
|
||||
/// @return the linear velocity of the center of mass.
|
||||
const b2Vec2& GetLinearVelocity() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the angular velocity.
|
||||
/// @param omega the new angular velocity in radians/second.
|
||||
void SetAngularVelocity(float32 omega);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angular velocity.
|
||||
/// @return the angular velocity in radians/second.
|
||||
float32 GetAngularVelocity() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply a force at a world point. If the force is not
|
||||
/// applied at the center of mass, it will generate a torque and
|
||||
/// affect the angular velocity. This wakes up the body.
|
||||
/// @param force the world force vector, usually in Newtons (N).
|
||||
/// @param point the world position of the point of application.
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyForce(const b2Vec2& force, const b2Vec2& point, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply a force to the center of mass. This wakes up the body.
|
||||
/// @param force the world force vector, usually in Newtons (N).
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyForceToCenter(const b2Vec2& force, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply a torque. This affects the angular velocity
|
||||
/// without affecting the linear velocity of the center of mass.
|
||||
/// @param torque about the z-axis (out of the screen), usually in N-m.
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyTorque(float32 torque, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply an impulse at a point. This immediately modifies the velocity.
|
||||
/// It also modifies the angular velocity if the point of application
|
||||
/// is not at the center of mass. This wakes up the body.
|
||||
/// @param impulse the world impulse vector, usually in N-seconds or kg-m/s.
|
||||
/// @param point the world position of the point of application.
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyLinearImpulse(const b2Vec2& impulse, const b2Vec2& point, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply an impulse to the center of mass. This immediately modifies the velocity.
|
||||
/// @param impulse the world impulse vector, usually in N-seconds or kg-m/s.
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyLinearImpulseToCenter(const b2Vec2& impulse, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply an angular impulse.
|
||||
/// @param impulse the angular impulse in units of kg*m*m/s
|
||||
/// @param wake also wake up the body
|
||||
void ApplyAngularImpulse(float32 impulse, bool wake);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the total mass of the body.
|
||||
/// @return the mass, usually in kilograms (kg).
|
||||
float32 GetMass() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the rotational inertia of the body about the local origin.
|
||||
/// @return the rotational inertia, usually in kg-m^2.
|
||||
float32 GetInertia() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the mass data of the body.
|
||||
/// @return a struct containing the mass, inertia and center of the body.
|
||||
void GetMassData(b2MassData* data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the mass properties to override the mass properties of the fixtures.
|
||||
/// Note that this changes the center of mass position.
|
||||
/// Note that creating or destroying fixtures can also alter the mass.
|
||||
/// This function has no effect if the body isn't dynamic.
|
||||
/// @param massData the mass properties.
|
||||
void SetMassData(const b2MassData* data);
|
||||
|
||||
/// This resets the mass properties to the sum of the mass properties of the fixtures.
|
||||
/// This normally does not need to be called unless you called SetMassData to override
|
||||
/// the mass and you later want to reset the mass.
|
||||
void ResetMassData();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world coordinates of a point given the local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param localPoint a point on the body measured relative the the body's origin.
|
||||
/// @return the same point expressed in world coordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetWorldPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world coordinates of a vector given the local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @param localVector a vector fixed in the body.
|
||||
/// @return the same vector expressed in world coordinates.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetWorldVector(const b2Vec2& localVector) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets a local point relative to the body's origin given a world point.
|
||||
/// @param a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the corresponding local point relative to the body's origin.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets a local vector given a world vector.
|
||||
/// @param a vector in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the corresponding local vector.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLocalVector(const b2Vec2& worldVector) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world linear velocity of a world point attached to this body.
|
||||
/// @param a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the world velocity of a point.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLinearVelocityFromWorldPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world velocity of a local point.
|
||||
/// @param a point in local coordinates.
|
||||
/// @return the world velocity of a point.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetLinearVelocityFromLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the linear damping of the body.
|
||||
float32 GetLinearDamping() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the linear damping of the body.
|
||||
void SetLinearDamping(float32 linearDamping);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the angular damping of the body.
|
||||
float32 GetAngularDamping() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the angular damping of the body.
|
||||
void SetAngularDamping(float32 angularDamping);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the gravity scale of the body.
|
||||
float32 GetGravityScale() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the gravity scale of the body.
|
||||
void SetGravityScale(float32 scale);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the type of this body. This may alter the mass and velocity.
|
||||
void SetType(b2BodyType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the type of this body.
|
||||
b2BodyType GetType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Should this body be treated like a bullet for continuous collision detection?
|
||||
void SetBullet(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is this body treated like a bullet for continuous collision detection?
|
||||
bool IsBullet() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// You can disable sleeping on this body. If you disable sleeping, the
|
||||
/// body will be woken.
|
||||
void SetSleepingAllowed(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is this body allowed to sleep
|
||||
bool IsSleepingAllowed() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the sleep state of the body. A sleeping body has very
|
||||
/// low CPU cost.
|
||||
/// @param flag set to true to wake the body, false to put it to sleep.
|
||||
void SetAwake(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the sleeping state of this body.
|
||||
/// @return true if the body is awake.
|
||||
bool IsAwake() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the active state of the body. An inactive body is not
|
||||
/// simulated and cannot be collided with or woken up.
|
||||
/// If you pass a flag of true, all fixtures will be added to the
|
||||
/// broad-phase.
|
||||
/// If you pass a flag of false, all fixtures will be removed from
|
||||
/// the broad-phase and all contacts will be destroyed.
|
||||
/// Fixtures and joints are otherwise unaffected. You may continue
|
||||
/// to create/destroy fixtures and joints on inactive bodies.
|
||||
/// Fixtures on an inactive body are implicitly inactive and will
|
||||
/// not participate in collisions, ray-casts, or queries.
|
||||
/// Joints connected to an inactive body are implicitly inactive.
|
||||
/// An inactive body is still owned by a b2World object and remains
|
||||
/// in the body list.
|
||||
void SetActive(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the active state of the body.
|
||||
bool IsActive() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set this body to have fixed rotation. This causes the mass
|
||||
/// to be reset.
|
||||
void SetFixedRotation(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Does this body have fixed rotation?
|
||||
bool IsFixedRotation() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the list of all fixtures attached to this body.
|
||||
b2Fixture* GetFixtureList();
|
||||
const b2Fixture* GetFixtureList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the list of all joints attached to this body.
|
||||
b2JointEdge* GetJointList();
|
||||
const b2JointEdge* GetJointList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the list of all contacts attached to this body.
|
||||
/// @warning this list changes during the time step and you may
|
||||
/// miss some collisions if you don't use b2ContactListener.
|
||||
b2ContactEdge* GetContactList();
|
||||
const b2ContactEdge* GetContactList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the next body in the world's body list.
|
||||
b2Body* GetNext();
|
||||
const b2Body* GetNext() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the user data pointer that was provided in the body definition.
|
||||
void* GetUserData() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the user data. Use this to store your application specific data.
|
||||
void SetUserData(void* data);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the parent world of this body.
|
||||
b2World* GetWorld();
|
||||
const b2World* GetWorld() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump this body to a log file
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2World;
|
||||
friend class b2Island;
|
||||
friend class b2ContactManager;
|
||||
friend class b2ContactSolver;
|
||||
friend class b2Contact;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2DistanceJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2FrictionJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2GearJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2MotorJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2MouseJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2PrismaticJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2PulleyJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2RevoluteJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2RopeJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2WeldJoint;
|
||||
friend class b2WheelJoint;
|
||||
|
||||
// m_flags
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_islandFlag = 0x0001,
|
||||
e_awakeFlag = 0x0002,
|
||||
e_autoSleepFlag = 0x0004,
|
||||
e_bulletFlag = 0x0008,
|
||||
e_fixedRotationFlag = 0x0010,
|
||||
e_activeFlag = 0x0020,
|
||||
e_toiFlag = 0x0040
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
b2Body(const b2BodyDef* bd, b2World* world);
|
||||
~b2Body();
|
||||
|
||||
void SynchronizeFixtures();
|
||||
void SynchronizeTransform();
|
||||
|
||||
// This is used to prevent connected bodies from colliding.
|
||||
// It may lie, depending on the collideConnected flag.
|
||||
bool ShouldCollide(const b2Body* other) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void Advance(float32 t);
|
||||
|
||||
b2BodyType m_type;
|
||||
|
||||
uint16 m_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_islandIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Transform m_xf; // the body origin transform
|
||||
b2Sweep m_sweep; // the swept motion for CCD
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_linearVelocity;
|
||||
float32 m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_force;
|
||||
float32 m_torque;
|
||||
|
||||
b2World* m_world;
|
||||
b2Body* m_prev;
|
||||
b2Body* m_next;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Fixture* m_fixtureList;
|
||||
int32 m_fixtureCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2JointEdge* m_jointList;
|
||||
b2ContactEdge* m_contactList;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_mass, m_invMass;
|
||||
|
||||
// Rotational inertia about the center of mass.
|
||||
float32 m_I, m_invI;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_linearDamping;
|
||||
float32 m_angularDamping;
|
||||
float32 m_gravityScale;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_sleepTime;
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_userData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2BodyType b2Body::GetType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Transform& b2Body::GetTransform() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_xf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetPosition() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_xf.p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngle() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_sweep.a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetWorldCenter() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_sweep.c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetLocalCenter() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetLinearVelocity(const b2Vec2& v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type == b2_staticBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (b2Dot(v,v) > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_linearVelocity = v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetLinearVelocity() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_linearVelocity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAngularVelocity(float32 w)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type == b2_staticBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (w * w > 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_angularVelocity = w;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngularVelocity() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_angularVelocity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetMass() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_mass;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetInertia() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_I + m_mass * b2Dot(m_sweep.localCenter, m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::GetMassData(b2MassData* data) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
data->mass = m_mass;
|
||||
data->I = m_I + m_mass * b2Dot(m_sweep.localCenter, m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
data->center = m_sweep.localCenter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetWorldPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mul(m_xf, localPoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetWorldVector(const b2Vec2& localVector) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2Mul(m_xf.q, localVector);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2MulT(m_xf, worldPoint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetLocalVector(const b2Vec2& worldVector) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return b2MulT(m_xf.q, worldVector);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetLinearVelocityFromWorldPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_linearVelocity + b2Cross(m_angularVelocity, worldPoint - m_sweep.c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetLinearVelocityFromLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetLinearVelocityFromWorldPoint(GetWorldPoint(localPoint));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetLinearDamping() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_linearDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetLinearDamping(float32 linearDamping)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_linearDamping = linearDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngularDamping() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_angularDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAngularDamping(float32 angularDamping)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_angularDamping = angularDamping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Body::GetGravityScale() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_gravityScale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetGravityScale(float32 scale)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_gravityScale = scale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetBullet(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_bulletFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags &= ~e_bulletFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsBullet() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_bulletFlag) == e_bulletFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetAwake(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_awakeFlag;
|
||||
m_sleepTime = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags &= ~e_awakeFlag;
|
||||
m_sleepTime = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_linearVelocity.SetZero();
|
||||
m_angularVelocity = 0.0f;
|
||||
m_force.SetZero();
|
||||
m_torque = 0.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsAwake() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == e_awakeFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsActive() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_activeFlag) == e_activeFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsFixedRotation() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_fixedRotationFlag) == e_fixedRotationFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetSleepingAllowed(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_autoSleepFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags &= ~e_autoSleepFlag;
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Body::IsSleepingAllowed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_autoSleepFlag) == e_autoSleepFlag;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Fixture* b2Body::GetFixtureList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Fixture* b2Body::GetFixtureList() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_fixtureList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2JointEdge* b2Body::GetJointList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_jointList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2JointEdge* b2Body::GetJointList() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_jointList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2ContactEdge* b2Body::GetContactList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_contactList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2ContactEdge* b2Body::GetContactList() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_contactList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Body* b2Body::GetNext()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Body* b2Body::GetNext() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SetUserData(void* data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_userData = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2Body::GetUserData() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_userData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyForce(const b2Vec2& force, const b2Vec2& point, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't accumulate a force if the body is sleeping.
|
||||
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_force += force;
|
||||
m_torque += b2Cross(point - m_sweep.c, force);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyForceToCenter(const b2Vec2& force, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't accumulate a force if the body is sleeping
|
||||
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_force += force;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyTorque(float32 torque, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't accumulate a force if the body is sleeping
|
||||
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_torque += torque;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyLinearImpulse(const b2Vec2& impulse, const b2Vec2& point, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't accumulate velocity if the body is sleeping
|
||||
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_linearVelocity += m_invMass * impulse;
|
||||
m_angularVelocity += m_invI * b2Cross(point - m_sweep.c, impulse);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyLinearImpulseToCenter(const b2Vec2& impulse, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't accumulate velocity if the body is sleeping
|
||||
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_linearVelocity += m_invMass * impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::ApplyAngularImpulse(float32 impulse, bool wake)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAwake(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't accumulate velocity if the body is sleeping
|
||||
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_angularVelocity += m_invI * impulse;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::SynchronizeTransform()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_xf.q.Set(m_sweep.a);
|
||||
m_xf.p = m_sweep.c - b2Mul(m_xf.q, m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Body::Advance(float32 alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Advance to the new safe time. This doesn't sync the broad-phase.
|
||||
m_sweep.Advance(alpha);
|
||||
m_sweep.c = m_sweep.c0;
|
||||
m_sweep.a = m_sweep.a0;
|
||||
m_xf.q.Set(m_sweep.a);
|
||||
m_xf.p = m_sweep.c - b2Mul(m_xf.q, m_sweep.localCenter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2World* b2Body::GetWorld()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_world;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2World* b2Body::GetWorld() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_world;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
52
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2ContactManager.h
Normal file
52
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2ContactManager.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
|
||||
#define B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2ContactFilter;
|
||||
class b2ContactListener;
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
// Delegate of b2World.
|
||||
class b2ContactManager
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2ContactManager();
|
||||
|
||||
// Broad-phase callback.
|
||||
void AddPair(void* proxyUserDataA, void* proxyUserDataB);
|
||||
|
||||
void FindNewContacts();
|
||||
|
||||
void Destroy(b2Contact* c);
|
||||
|
||||
void Collide();
|
||||
|
||||
b2BroadPhase m_broadPhase;
|
||||
b2Contact* m_contactList;
|
||||
int32 m_contactCount;
|
||||
b2ContactFilter* m_contactFilter;
|
||||
b2ContactListener* m_contactListener;
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator* m_allocator;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
345
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h
Normal file
345
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_FIXTURE_H
|
||||
#define B2_FIXTURE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2BlockAllocator;
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2BroadPhase;
|
||||
class b2Fixture;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This holds contact filtering data.
|
||||
struct b2Filter
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Filter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
categoryBits = 0x0001;
|
||||
maskBits = 0xFFFF;
|
||||
groupIndex = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The collision category bits. Normally you would just set one bit.
|
||||
uint16 categoryBits;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The collision mask bits. This states the categories that this
|
||||
/// shape would accept for collision.
|
||||
uint16 maskBits;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Collision groups allow a certain group of objects to never collide (negative)
|
||||
/// or always collide (positive). Zero means no collision group. Non-zero group
|
||||
/// filtering always wins against the mask bits.
|
||||
int16 groupIndex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A fixture definition is used to create a fixture. This class defines an
|
||||
/// abstract fixture definition. You can reuse fixture definitions safely.
|
||||
struct b2FixtureDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The constructor sets the default fixture definition values.
|
||||
b2FixtureDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
shape = NULL;
|
||||
userData = NULL;
|
||||
friction = 0.2f;
|
||||
restitution = 0.0f;
|
||||
density = 0.0f;
|
||||
isSensor = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The shape, this must be set. The shape will be cloned, so you
|
||||
/// can create the shape on the stack.
|
||||
const b2Shape* shape;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Use this to store application specific fixture data.
|
||||
void* userData;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The friction coefficient, usually in the range [0,1].
|
||||
float32 friction;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The restitution (elasticity) usually in the range [0,1].
|
||||
float32 restitution;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The density, usually in kg/m^2.
|
||||
float32 density;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A sensor shape collects contact information but never generates a collision
|
||||
/// response.
|
||||
bool isSensor;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Contact filtering data.
|
||||
b2Filter filter;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This proxy is used internally to connect fixtures to the broad-phase.
|
||||
struct b2FixtureProxy
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2AABB aabb;
|
||||
b2Fixture* fixture;
|
||||
int32 childIndex;
|
||||
int32 proxyId;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A fixture is used to attach a shape to a body for collision detection. A fixture
|
||||
/// inherits its transform from its parent. Fixtures hold additional non-geometric data
|
||||
/// such as friction, collision filters, etc.
|
||||
/// Fixtures are created via b2Body::CreateFixture.
|
||||
/// @warning you cannot reuse fixtures.
|
||||
class b2Fixture
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Get the type of the child shape. You can use this to down cast to the concrete shape.
|
||||
/// @return the shape type.
|
||||
b2Shape::Type GetType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the child shape. You can modify the child shape, however you should not change the
|
||||
/// number of vertices because this will crash some collision caching mechanisms.
|
||||
/// Manipulating the shape may lead to non-physical behavior.
|
||||
b2Shape* GetShape();
|
||||
const b2Shape* GetShape() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set if this fixture is a sensor.
|
||||
void SetSensor(bool sensor);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is this fixture a sensor (non-solid)?
|
||||
/// @return the true if the shape is a sensor.
|
||||
bool IsSensor() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the contact filtering data. This will not update contacts until the next time
|
||||
/// step when either parent body is active and awake.
|
||||
/// This automatically calls Refilter.
|
||||
void SetFilterData(const b2Filter& filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the contact filtering data.
|
||||
const b2Filter& GetFilterData() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call this if you want to establish collision that was previously disabled by b2ContactFilter::ShouldCollide.
|
||||
void Refilter();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the parent body of this fixture. This is NULL if the fixture is not attached.
|
||||
/// @return the parent body.
|
||||
b2Body* GetBody();
|
||||
const b2Body* GetBody() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the next fixture in the parent body's fixture list.
|
||||
/// @return the next shape.
|
||||
b2Fixture* GetNext();
|
||||
const b2Fixture* GetNext() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the user data that was assigned in the fixture definition. Use this to
|
||||
/// store your application specific data.
|
||||
void* GetUserData() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the user data. Use this to store your application specific data.
|
||||
void SetUserData(void* data);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Test a point for containment in this fixture.
|
||||
/// @param p a point in world coordinates.
|
||||
bool TestPoint(const b2Vec2& p) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Cast a ray against this shape.
|
||||
/// @param output the ray-cast results.
|
||||
/// @param input the ray-cast input parameters.
|
||||
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input, int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the mass data for this fixture. The mass data is based on the density and
|
||||
/// the shape. The rotational inertia is about the shape's origin. This operation
|
||||
/// may be expensive.
|
||||
void GetMassData(b2MassData* massData) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the density of this fixture. This will _not_ automatically adjust the mass
|
||||
/// of the body. You must call b2Body::ResetMassData to update the body's mass.
|
||||
void SetDensity(float32 density);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the density of this fixture.
|
||||
float32 GetDensity() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the coefficient of friction.
|
||||
float32 GetFriction() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the coefficient of friction. This will _not_ change the friction of
|
||||
/// existing contacts.
|
||||
void SetFriction(float32 friction);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the coefficient of restitution.
|
||||
float32 GetRestitution() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the coefficient of restitution. This will _not_ change the restitution of
|
||||
/// existing contacts.
|
||||
void SetRestitution(float32 restitution);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the fixture's AABB. This AABB may be enlarge and/or stale.
|
||||
/// If you need a more accurate AABB, compute it using the shape and
|
||||
/// the body transform.
|
||||
const b2AABB& GetAABB(int32 childIndex) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump this fixture to the log file.
|
||||
void Dump(int32 bodyIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Body;
|
||||
friend class b2World;
|
||||
friend class b2Contact;
|
||||
friend class b2ContactManager;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Fixture();
|
||||
|
||||
// We need separation create/destroy functions from the constructor/destructor because
|
||||
// the destructor cannot access the allocator (no destructor arguments allowed by C++).
|
||||
void Create(b2BlockAllocator* allocator, b2Body* body, const b2FixtureDef* def);
|
||||
void Destroy(b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
|
||||
|
||||
// These support body activation/deactivation.
|
||||
void CreateProxies(b2BroadPhase* broadPhase, const b2Transform& xf);
|
||||
void DestroyProxies(b2BroadPhase* broadPhase);
|
||||
|
||||
void Synchronize(b2BroadPhase* broadPhase, const b2Transform& xf1, const b2Transform& xf2);
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_density;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Fixture* m_next;
|
||||
b2Body* m_body;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Shape* m_shape;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_friction;
|
||||
float32 m_restitution;
|
||||
|
||||
b2FixtureProxy* m_proxies;
|
||||
int32 m_proxyCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Filter m_filter;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_isSensor;
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_userData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Shape::Type b2Fixture::GetType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_shape->GetType();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Shape* b2Fixture::GetShape()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_shape;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Shape* b2Fixture::GetShape() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_shape;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Fixture::IsSensor() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_isSensor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Filter& b2Fixture::GetFilterData() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_filter;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void* b2Fixture::GetUserData() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_userData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Fixture::SetUserData(void* data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_userData = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Body* b2Fixture::GetBody()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_body;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Body* b2Fixture::GetBody() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_body;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Fixture* b2Fixture::GetNext()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Fixture* b2Fixture::GetNext() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Fixture::SetDensity(float32 density)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(b2IsValid(density) && density >= 0.0f);
|
||||
m_density = density;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Fixture::GetDensity() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_density;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Fixture::GetFriction() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Fixture::SetFriction(float32 friction)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_friction = friction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float32 b2Fixture::GetRestitution() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Fixture::SetRestitution(float32 restitution)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_restitution = restitution;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Fixture::TestPoint(const b2Vec2& p) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_shape->TestPoint(m_body->GetTransform(), p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2Fixture::RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input, int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_shape->RayCast(output, input, m_body->GetTransform(), childIndex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2Fixture::GetMassData(b2MassData* massData) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_shape->ComputeMass(massData, m_density);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2AABB& b2Fixture::GetAABB(int32 childIndex) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(0 <= childIndex && childIndex < m_proxyCount);
|
||||
return m_proxies[childIndex].aabb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
93
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Island.h
Normal file
93
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Island.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_ISLAND_H
|
||||
#define B2_ISLAND_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
class b2Joint;
|
||||
class b2StackAllocator;
|
||||
class b2ContactListener;
|
||||
struct b2ContactVelocityConstraint;
|
||||
struct b2Profile;
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is an internal class.
|
||||
class b2Island
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Island(int32 bodyCapacity, int32 contactCapacity, int32 jointCapacity,
|
||||
b2StackAllocator* allocator, b2ContactListener* listener);
|
||||
~b2Island();
|
||||
|
||||
void Clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_bodyCount = 0;
|
||||
m_contactCount = 0;
|
||||
m_jointCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Solve(b2Profile* profile, const b2TimeStep& step, const b2Vec2& gravity, bool allowSleep);
|
||||
|
||||
void SolveTOI(const b2TimeStep& subStep, int32 toiIndexA, int32 toiIndexB);
|
||||
|
||||
void Add(b2Body* body)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_bodyCount < m_bodyCapacity);
|
||||
body->m_islandIndex = m_bodyCount;
|
||||
m_bodies[m_bodyCount] = body;
|
||||
++m_bodyCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Add(b2Contact* contact)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_contactCount < m_contactCapacity);
|
||||
m_contacts[m_contactCount++] = contact;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Add(b2Joint* joint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Assert(m_jointCount < m_jointCapacity);
|
||||
m_joints[m_jointCount++] = joint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Report(const b2ContactVelocityConstraint* constraints);
|
||||
|
||||
b2StackAllocator* m_allocator;
|
||||
b2ContactListener* m_listener;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Body** m_bodies;
|
||||
b2Contact** m_contacts;
|
||||
b2Joint** m_joints;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Position* m_positions;
|
||||
b2Velocity* m_velocities;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_bodyCount;
|
||||
int32 m_jointCount;
|
||||
int32 m_contactCount;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_bodyCapacity;
|
||||
int32 m_contactCapacity;
|
||||
int32 m_jointCapacity;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
70
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h
Normal file
70
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_TIME_STEP_H
|
||||
#define B2_TIME_STEP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Profiling data. Times are in milliseconds.
|
||||
struct b2Profile
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 step;
|
||||
float32 collide;
|
||||
float32 solve;
|
||||
float32 solveInit;
|
||||
float32 solveVelocity;
|
||||
float32 solvePosition;
|
||||
float32 broadphase;
|
||||
float32 solveTOI;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is an internal structure.
|
||||
struct b2TimeStep
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 dt; // time step
|
||||
float32 inv_dt; // inverse time step (0 if dt == 0).
|
||||
float32 dtRatio; // dt * inv_dt0
|
||||
int32 velocityIterations;
|
||||
int32 positionIterations;
|
||||
bool warmStarting;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is an internal structure.
|
||||
struct b2Position
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 c;
|
||||
float32 a;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is an internal structure.
|
||||
struct b2Velocity
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2Vec2 v;
|
||||
float32 w;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Solver Data
|
||||
struct b2SolverData
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2TimeStep step;
|
||||
b2Position* positions;
|
||||
b2Velocity* velocities;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
354
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h
Normal file
354
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_WORLD_H
|
||||
#define B2_WORLD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2ContactManager.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2AABB;
|
||||
struct b2BodyDef;
|
||||
struct b2Color;
|
||||
struct b2JointDef;
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2Draw;
|
||||
class b2Fixture;
|
||||
class b2Joint;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The world class manages all physics entities, dynamic simulation,
|
||||
/// and asynchronous queries. The world also contains efficient memory
|
||||
/// management facilities.
|
||||
class b2World
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Construct a world object.
|
||||
/// @param gravity the world gravity vector.
|
||||
b2World(const b2Vec2& gravity);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destruct the world. All physics entities are destroyed and all heap memory is released.
|
||||
~b2World();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Register a destruction listener. The listener is owned by you and must
|
||||
/// remain in scope.
|
||||
void SetDestructionListener(b2DestructionListener* listener);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Register a contact filter to provide specific control over collision.
|
||||
/// Otherwise the default filter is used (b2_defaultFilter). The listener is
|
||||
/// owned by you and must remain in scope.
|
||||
void SetContactFilter(b2ContactFilter* filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Register a contact event listener. The listener is owned by you and must
|
||||
/// remain in scope.
|
||||
void SetContactListener(b2ContactListener* listener);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Register a routine for debug drawing. The debug draw functions are called
|
||||
/// inside with b2World::DrawDebugData method. The debug draw object is owned
|
||||
/// by you and must remain in scope.
|
||||
void SetDebugDraw(b2Draw* debugDraw);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a rigid body given a definition. No reference to the definition
|
||||
/// is retained.
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
b2Body* CreateBody(const b2BodyDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a rigid body given a definition. No reference to the definition
|
||||
/// is retained. This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
/// @warning This automatically deletes all associated shapes and joints.
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
void DestroyBody(b2Body* body);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a joint to constrain bodies together. No reference to the definition
|
||||
/// is retained. This may cause the connected bodies to cease colliding.
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
b2Joint* CreateJoint(const b2JointDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destroy a joint. This may cause the connected bodies to begin colliding.
|
||||
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
|
||||
void DestroyJoint(b2Joint* joint);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Take a time step. This performs collision detection, integration,
|
||||
/// and constraint solution.
|
||||
/// @param timeStep the amount of time to simulate, this should not vary.
|
||||
/// @param velocityIterations for the velocity constraint solver.
|
||||
/// @param positionIterations for the position constraint solver.
|
||||
void Step( float32 timeStep,
|
||||
int32 velocityIterations,
|
||||
int32 positionIterations);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Manually clear the force buffer on all bodies. By default, forces are cleared automatically
|
||||
/// after each call to Step. The default behavior is modified by calling SetAutoClearForces.
|
||||
/// The purpose of this function is to support sub-stepping. Sub-stepping is often used to maintain
|
||||
/// a fixed sized time step under a variable frame-rate.
|
||||
/// When you perform sub-stepping you will disable auto clearing of forces and instead call
|
||||
/// ClearForces after all sub-steps are complete in one pass of your game loop.
|
||||
/// @see SetAutoClearForces
|
||||
void ClearForces();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Call this to draw shapes and other debug draw data. This is intentionally non-const.
|
||||
void DrawDebugData();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Query the world for all fixtures that potentially overlap the
|
||||
/// provided AABB.
|
||||
/// @param callback a user implemented callback class.
|
||||
/// @param aabb the query box.
|
||||
void QueryAABB(b2QueryCallback* callback, const b2AABB& aabb) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Ray-cast the world for all fixtures in the path of the ray. Your callback
|
||||
/// controls whether you get the closest point, any point, or n-points.
|
||||
/// The ray-cast ignores shapes that contain the starting point.
|
||||
/// @param callback a user implemented callback class.
|
||||
/// @param point1 the ray starting point
|
||||
/// @param point2 the ray ending point
|
||||
void RayCast(b2RayCastCallback* callback, const b2Vec2& point1, const b2Vec2& point2) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world body list. With the returned body, use b2Body::GetNext to get
|
||||
/// the next body in the world list. A NULL body indicates the end of the list.
|
||||
/// @return the head of the world body list.
|
||||
b2Body* GetBodyList();
|
||||
const b2Body* GetBodyList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world joint list. With the returned joint, use b2Joint::GetNext to get
|
||||
/// the next joint in the world list. A NULL joint indicates the end of the list.
|
||||
/// @return the head of the world joint list.
|
||||
b2Joint* GetJointList();
|
||||
const b2Joint* GetJointList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the world contact list. With the returned contact, use b2Contact::GetNext to get
|
||||
/// the next contact in the world list. A NULL contact indicates the end of the list.
|
||||
/// @return the head of the world contact list.
|
||||
/// @warning contacts are created and destroyed in the middle of a time step.
|
||||
/// Use b2ContactListener to avoid missing contacts.
|
||||
b2Contact* GetContactList();
|
||||
const b2Contact* GetContactList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable sleep.
|
||||
void SetAllowSleeping(bool flag);
|
||||
bool GetAllowSleeping() const { return m_allowSleep; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable warm starting. For testing.
|
||||
void SetWarmStarting(bool flag) { m_warmStarting = flag; }
|
||||
bool GetWarmStarting() const { return m_warmStarting; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable continuous physics. For testing.
|
||||
void SetContinuousPhysics(bool flag) { m_continuousPhysics = flag; }
|
||||
bool GetContinuousPhysics() const { return m_continuousPhysics; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable/disable single stepped continuous physics. For testing.
|
||||
void SetSubStepping(bool flag) { m_subStepping = flag; }
|
||||
bool GetSubStepping() const { return m_subStepping; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of broad-phase proxies.
|
||||
int32 GetProxyCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of bodies.
|
||||
int32 GetBodyCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of joints.
|
||||
int32 GetJointCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the number of contacts (each may have 0 or more contact points).
|
||||
int32 GetContactCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the height of the dynamic tree.
|
||||
int32 GetTreeHeight() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the balance of the dynamic tree.
|
||||
int32 GetTreeBalance() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the quality metric of the dynamic tree. The smaller the better.
|
||||
/// The minimum is 1.
|
||||
float32 GetTreeQuality() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Change the global gravity vector.
|
||||
void SetGravity(const b2Vec2& gravity);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the global gravity vector.
|
||||
b2Vec2 GetGravity() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Is the world locked (in the middle of a time step).
|
||||
bool IsLocked() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set flag to control automatic clearing of forces after each time step.
|
||||
void SetAutoClearForces(bool flag);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the flag that controls automatic clearing of forces after each time step.
|
||||
bool GetAutoClearForces() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Shift the world origin. Useful for large worlds.
|
||||
/// The body shift formula is: position -= newOrigin
|
||||
/// @param newOrigin the new origin with respect to the old origin
|
||||
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the contact manager for testing.
|
||||
const b2ContactManager& GetContactManager() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the current profile.
|
||||
const b2Profile& GetProfile() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Dump the world into the log file.
|
||||
/// @warning this should be called outside of a time step.
|
||||
void Dump();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
// m_flags
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
e_newFixture = 0x0001,
|
||||
e_locked = 0x0002,
|
||||
e_clearForces = 0x0004
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
friend class b2Body;
|
||||
friend class b2Fixture;
|
||||
friend class b2ContactManager;
|
||||
friend class b2Controller;
|
||||
|
||||
void Solve(const b2TimeStep& step);
|
||||
void SolveTOI(const b2TimeStep& step);
|
||||
|
||||
void DrawJoint(b2Joint* joint);
|
||||
void DrawShape(b2Fixture* shape, const b2Transform& xf, const b2Color& color);
|
||||
|
||||
b2BlockAllocator m_blockAllocator;
|
||||
b2StackAllocator m_stackAllocator;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
b2ContactManager m_contactManager;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Body* m_bodyList;
|
||||
b2Joint* m_jointList;
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_bodyCount;
|
||||
int32 m_jointCount;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_gravity;
|
||||
bool m_allowSleep;
|
||||
|
||||
b2DestructionListener* m_destructionListener;
|
||||
b2Draw* g_debugDraw;
|
||||
|
||||
// This is used to compute the time step ratio to
|
||||
// support a variable time step.
|
||||
float32 m_inv_dt0;
|
||||
|
||||
// These are for debugging the solver.
|
||||
bool m_warmStarting;
|
||||
bool m_continuousPhysics;
|
||||
bool m_subStepping;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_stepComplete;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Profile m_profile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Body* b2World::GetBodyList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Body* b2World::GetBodyList() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Joint* b2World::GetJointList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_jointList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Joint* b2World::GetJointList() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_jointList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Contact* b2World::GetContactList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_contactManager.m_contactList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Contact* b2World::GetContactList() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_contactManager.m_contactList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2World::GetBodyCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_bodyCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2World::GetJointCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_jointCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int32 b2World::GetContactCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_contactManager.m_contactCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2World::SetGravity(const b2Vec2& gravity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_gravity = gravity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline b2Vec2 b2World::GetGravity() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_gravity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool b2World::IsLocked() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_locked) == e_locked;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void b2World::SetAutoClearForces(bool flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (flag)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags |= e_clearForces;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_flags &= ~e_clearForces;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the flag that controls automatic clearing of forces after each time step.
|
||||
inline bool b2World::GetAutoClearForces() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_flags & e_clearForces) == e_clearForces;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2ContactManager& b2World::GetContactManager() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_contactManager;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const b2Profile& b2World::GetProfile() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_profile;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
155
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h
Normal file
155
inc/Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_WORLD_CALLBACKS_H
|
||||
#define B2_WORLD_CALLBACKS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct b2Vec2;
|
||||
struct b2Transform;
|
||||
class b2Fixture;
|
||||
class b2Body;
|
||||
class b2Joint;
|
||||
class b2Contact;
|
||||
struct b2ContactResult;
|
||||
struct b2Manifold;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Joints and fixtures are destroyed when their associated
|
||||
/// body is destroyed. Implement this listener so that you
|
||||
/// may nullify references to these joints and shapes.
|
||||
class b2DestructionListener
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~b2DestructionListener() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Called when any joint is about to be destroyed due
|
||||
/// to the destruction of one of its attached bodies.
|
||||
virtual void SayGoodbye(b2Joint* joint) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Called when any fixture is about to be destroyed due
|
||||
/// to the destruction of its parent body.
|
||||
virtual void SayGoodbye(b2Fixture* fixture) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement this class to provide collision filtering. In other words, you can implement
|
||||
/// this class if you want finer control over contact creation.
|
||||
class b2ContactFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~b2ContactFilter() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Return true if contact calculations should be performed between these two shapes.
|
||||
/// @warning for performance reasons this is only called when the AABBs begin to overlap.
|
||||
virtual bool ShouldCollide(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Contact impulses for reporting. Impulses are used instead of forces because
|
||||
/// sub-step forces may approach infinity for rigid body collisions. These
|
||||
/// match up one-to-one with the contact points in b2Manifold.
|
||||
struct b2ContactImpulse
|
||||
{
|
||||
float32 normalImpulses[b2_maxManifoldPoints];
|
||||
float32 tangentImpulses[b2_maxManifoldPoints];
|
||||
int32 count;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Implement this class to get contact information. You can use these results for
|
||||
/// things like sounds and game logic. You can also get contact results by
|
||||
/// traversing the contact lists after the time step. However, you might miss
|
||||
/// some contacts because continuous physics leads to sub-stepping.
|
||||
/// Additionally you may receive multiple callbacks for the same contact in a
|
||||
/// single time step.
|
||||
/// You should strive to make your callbacks efficient because there may be
|
||||
/// many callbacks per time step.
|
||||
/// @warning You cannot create/destroy Box2D entities inside these callbacks.
|
||||
class b2ContactListener
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~b2ContactListener() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Called when two fixtures begin to touch.
|
||||
virtual void BeginContact(b2Contact* contact) { B2_NOT_USED(contact); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Called when two fixtures cease to touch.
|
||||
virtual void EndContact(b2Contact* contact) { B2_NOT_USED(contact); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// This is called after a contact is updated. This allows you to inspect a
|
||||
/// contact before it goes to the solver. If you are careful, you can modify the
|
||||
/// contact manifold (e.g. disable contact).
|
||||
/// A copy of the old manifold is provided so that you can detect changes.
|
||||
/// Note: this is called only for awake bodies.
|
||||
/// Note: this is called even when the number of contact points is zero.
|
||||
/// Note: this is not called for sensors.
|
||||
/// Note: if you set the number of contact points to zero, you will not
|
||||
/// get an EndContact callback. However, you may get a BeginContact callback
|
||||
/// the next step.
|
||||
virtual void PreSolve(b2Contact* contact, const b2Manifold* oldManifold)
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(contact);
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(oldManifold);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// This lets you inspect a contact after the solver is finished. This is useful
|
||||
/// for inspecting impulses.
|
||||
/// Note: the contact manifold does not include time of impact impulses, which can be
|
||||
/// arbitrarily large if the sub-step is small. Hence the impulse is provided explicitly
|
||||
/// in a separate data structure.
|
||||
/// Note: this is only called for contacts that are touching, solid, and awake.
|
||||
virtual void PostSolve(b2Contact* contact, const b2ContactImpulse* impulse)
|
||||
{
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(contact);
|
||||
B2_NOT_USED(impulse);
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Callback class for AABB queries.
|
||||
/// See b2World::Query
|
||||
class b2QueryCallback
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~b2QueryCallback() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Called for each fixture found in the query AABB.
|
||||
/// @return false to terminate the query.
|
||||
virtual bool ReportFixture(b2Fixture* fixture) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Callback class for ray casts.
|
||||
/// See b2World::RayCast
|
||||
class b2RayCastCallback
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~b2RayCastCallback() {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Called for each fixture found in the query. You control how the ray cast
|
||||
/// proceeds by returning a float:
|
||||
/// return -1: ignore this fixture and continue
|
||||
/// return 0: terminate the ray cast
|
||||
/// return fraction: clip the ray to this point
|
||||
/// return 1: don't clip the ray and continue
|
||||
/// @param fixture the fixture hit by the ray
|
||||
/// @param point the point of initial intersection
|
||||
/// @param normal the normal vector at the point of intersection
|
||||
/// @return -1 to filter, 0 to terminate, fraction to clip the ray for
|
||||
/// closest hit, 1 to continue
|
||||
virtual float32 ReportFixture( b2Fixture* fixture, const b2Vec2& point,
|
||||
const b2Vec2& normal, float32 fraction) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
115
inc/Box2D/Rope/b2Rope.h
Normal file
115
inc/Box2D/Rope/b2Rope.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
* arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
* appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
* misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef B2_ROPE_H
|
||||
#define B2_ROPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class b2Draw;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
struct b2RopeDef
|
||||
{
|
||||
b2RopeDef()
|
||||
{
|
||||
vertices = NULL;
|
||||
count = 0;
|
||||
masses = NULL;
|
||||
gravity.SetZero();
|
||||
damping = 0.1f;
|
||||
k2 = 0.9f;
|
||||
k3 = 0.1f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
b2Vec2* vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
int32 count;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
float32* masses;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
b2Vec2 gravity;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
float32 damping;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Stretching stiffness
|
||||
float32 k2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Bending stiffness. Values above 0.5 can make the simulation blow up.
|
||||
float32 k3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
class b2Rope
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
b2Rope();
|
||||
~b2Rope();
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void Initialize(const b2RopeDef* def);
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void Step(float32 timeStep, int32 iterations);
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
int32 GetVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
const b2Vec2* GetVertices() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_ps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const;
|
||||
|
||||
///
|
||||
void SetAngle(float32 angle);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
void SolveC2();
|
||||
void SolveC3();
|
||||
|
||||
int32 m_count;
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_ps;
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_p0s;
|
||||
b2Vec2* m_vs;
|
||||
|
||||
float32* m_ims;
|
||||
|
||||
float32* m_Ls;
|
||||
float32* m_as;
|
||||
|
||||
b2Vec2 m_gravity;
|
||||
float32 m_damping;
|
||||
|
||||
float32 m_k2;
|
||||
float32 m_k3;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user